888-2440-001 - Gates Harris History

Transcription

888-2440-001 - Gates Harris History
TECHNICAL MANUAL
CD-1ATM Exciter
888-2440-001
T.M. No. 888-2440-001
© Copyright Harris Corporation 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
All rights reserved
Printed August 19, 99
Revision E 3/20/02
CD-1A™ Exciter
Returns And Exchanges
Damaged or undamaged equipment should not be returned unless written approval and a
Return Authorization is received from HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems
Division. Special shipping instructions and coding will be provided to assure proper
handling. Complete details regarding circumstances and reasons for return are to be
included in the request for return. Custom equipment or special order equipment is not
returnable. In those instances where return or exchange of equipment is at the request of the
customer, or convenience of the customer, a restocking fee will be charged. All returns will
be sent freight prepaid and properly insured by the customer. When communicating with
HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Division, specify the HARRIS Order Number or
Invoice Number.
Unpacking
Carefully unpack the equipment and perform a visual inspection to determine that no
apparent damage was incurred during shipment. Retain the shipping materials until it has
been determined that all received equipment is not damaged. Locate and retain all
PACKING CHECK LISTs. Use the PACKING CHECK LIST to help locate and identify
any components or assemblies which are removed for shipping and must be reinstalled.
Also remove any shipping supports, straps, and packing materials prior to initial turn on.
Technical Assistance
HARRIS Technical and Troubleshooting assistance is available from HARRIS Field
Service during normal business hours (8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Central Time). Emergency
service is available 24 hours a day. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the Field Service
Department or address correspondence to Field Service Department, HARRIS CORPORATION, Broadcast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290, Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290,
USA. The HARRIS factory may also be contacted through a FAX facility (217/222-7041)
or a TELEX service (650/372-2976).
Replaceable Parts Service
Replacement parts are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week from the HARRIS
Service Parts Department. Telephone 217/222-8200 to contact the service parts department
or address correspondence to Service Parts Department, HARRIS CORPORATION,
Broadcast Systems Division, P.O. Box 4290, Quincy, Illinois 62305-4290, USA. The
HARRIS factory may also be contacted through a FAX facility (217/222-7041) or a
TELEX service (650/372-2976).
NOTE
The # symbol used in the parts list means used with (e.g. #C001 =
used with C001)
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
March 14, 2003
2440ti.fm
CD-1A™ Exciter
Rev.
001-A1
001-A2
001-A3
001-C
001-C1
001-D
001-D1
001-D2
001-D3
Date
08-19-99
10-19-99
11-22-99
6-23-00
9-28-00
4-27-01
7-25-01
1-18-02
1-28-02
001-D4
001-E
3-19-02
3-20-02
March 14, 2003
MANUAL REVISION HISTORY
CD-1ATM Exciter
888-2440-001
ECN
Pages Affected
43023
Replaced Title Page and all of Section VIII, Added MRH-1/MRH-2
45266
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all of Section VIII
45427
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and pages 8-18 through 8-20
46196
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and Sections 5 and 7 revised
Misc.
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all of Section VIII
46943
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2, 7-1 and all of Section VIII
47490
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all of Section VIII
47867
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all of Section VIII
47670 & Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all of Section VIII
47511
48117
Replaced Title Page, MRH-1/MRH-2 and all of Section VIII
47490 & Replaced Title Page, pages i and ii, added information concerning the five pole
48150
response and delay corrector to chapters 2, 4, and 5, and reformatted the book
using FrameMaker.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: i
CD-1A™ Exciter
Page: ii
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
March 14, 2003
CD-1A™ Exciter
2440ti.fm
Guide to Using Harris Parts List Information
The Harris Replaceable Parts List Index portrays a tree structure with the major items being leftmost in the index.
The example below shows the Transmitter as the highest item in the tree structure. If you were to look at the bill of
materials table for the Transmitter you would find the Control Cabinet, the PA Cabinet, and the Output Cabinet. In
the Replaceable Parts List Index the Control Cabinet, PA Cabinet, and Output Cabinet show up one indentation level
below the Transmitter and implies that they are used in the Transmitter. The Controller Board is indented one level
below the Control Cabinet so it will show up in the bill of material for the Control Cabinet. The tree structure of this
same index is shown to the right of the table and shows indentation level versus tree structure level.
Example of Replaceable Parts List Index and equivalent tree structure:
The part number of the item is shown to the right of the description as is the page in the manual where the bill for
that part number starts.
Inside the actual tables, four main headings are used:
Table #-#. ITEM NAME - HARRIS PART NUMBER - this line gives the information that corresponds to the
Replaceable Parts List Index entry;
HARRIS P/N column gives the ten digit Harris part number (usually in ascending order);
DESCRIPTION column gives a 25 character or less description of the part number;
REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS column 1) gives the reference designators for the item (i.e., C001, R102,
etc.) that corresponds to the number found in the schematics (C001 in a bill of material is equivalent to C1 on the
schematic) or 2) gives added information or further explanation (i.e., “Used for 208V operation only,” or “Used
for HT 10LS only,” etc.).
Inside the individual tables some standard conventions are used:
A # symbol in front of a component such as #C001 under the REF. SYMBOLS/EXPLANATIONS column means
that this item is used on or with C001 and is not the actual part number for C001.
In the ten digit part numbers, if the last three numbers are 000, the item is a part that Harris has purchased and
has not manufactured or modified. If the last three numbers are other than 000, the item is either manufactured by
Harris or is purchased from a vendor and modified for use in the Harris product.
The first three digits of the ten digit part number tell which family the part number belongs to - for example, all
electrolytic (can) capacitors will be in the same family (524 xxxx 000). If an electrolytic (can) capacitor is found
to have a 9xx xxxx xxx part number (a number outside of the normal family of numbers), it has probably been
modified in some manner at the Harris factory and will therefore show up farther down into the individual parts
list (because each table is normally sorted in ascending order). Most Harris made or modified assemblies will
have 9xx xxxx xxx numbers associated with them.
The term “SEE HIGHER LEVEL BILL” in the description column implies that the reference designated part
number will show up in a bill that is higher in the tree structure. This is often the case for components that may
be frequency determinant or voltage determinant and are called out in a higher level bill structure that is more
customer dependent than the bill at a lower level.
March 14, 2003
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: iii
CD-1A™ Exciter
Page: iv
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
March 14, 2003
CD-1A™ Exciter
WARNING
The currents and voltages in this equipment are dangerous. Personnel must at all times observe safety warnings, instructions and regulations.
2440ti.fm
This manual is intended as a general guide for trained and qualified personnel who are
aware of the dangers inherent in handling potentially hazardous electrical/electronic
circuits. It is not intended to contain a complete statement of all safety precautions which
should be observed by personnel in using this or other electronic equipment.
The installation, operation, maintenance and service of this equipment involves risks both
to personnel and equipment, and must be performed only by qualified personnel exercising
due care. HARRIS CORPORATION shall not be responsible for injury or damage
resulting from improper procedures or from the use of improperly trained or inexperienced
personnel performing such tasks.
During installation and operation of this equipment, local building codes and fire protection standards must be observed. The following National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) standards are recommended as reference:
• Automatic Fire Detectors, No. 72E
• Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, No. 10
• Halogenated Fire Extinguishing Agent Systems, No. 12A
WARNING
Always disconnect power before opening covers, doors, enclosures,
gates, panels or shields. Always use grounding sticks and short out
high voltage points before servicing. Never make internal adjustments, perform maintenance or service when alone or when fatigued.
Do not remove, short-circuit or tamper with interlock switches on access covers, doors,
enclosures, gates, panels or shields. Keep away from live circuits, know your equipment
and don’t take chances.
WARNING
In case of emergency ensure that power has been disconnected.
If oil filled or electrolytic capacitors are utilized in your equipment, and if a leak or bulge
is apparent on the capacitor case when the unit is opened for service or maintenance, allow
the unit to cool down before attempting to remove the defective capacitor. Do not attempt
to service a defective capacitor while it is hot due to the possibility of a case rupture and
subsequent injury.
March 14, 2003
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: v
CD-1A™ Exciter
Page: vi
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
March 14, 2003
CD-1A™ Exciter
FIRST-AID
2440ti.fm
Personnel engaged in the installation, operation, maintenance or servicing of this
equipment are urged to become familiar with first-aid theory and practices. The following
information is not intended to be complete first-aid procedures, it is a brief and is only to
be used as a reference. It is the duty of all personnel using the equipment to be prepared to
give adequate Emergency First Aid and thereby prevent avoidable loss of life.
Treatment of Electrical Burns
1.
Extensive burned and broken skin
A. Cover area with clean sheet or cloth. (Cleanest available cloth article.)
B. Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or
apply any salve or ointment.
C. Treat victim for shock as required.
D. Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.
E. If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.
NOTE
If medical help will not be available within an hour and the victim
is conscious and not vomiting, give him a weak solution of salt and
soda: 1 level teaspoonful of salt and 1/2 level teaspoonful of baking
soda to each quart of water (neither hot or cold). Allow victim to sip
slowly about 4 ounces (a half of glass) over a period of 15 minutes.
Discontinue fluid if vomiting occurs. (Do not give alcohol.)
2.
Less severe burns - (1st & 2nd degree)
A. Apply cool (not ice cold) compresses using the cleanest available cloth article.
B. Do not break blisters, remove tissue, remove adhered particles of clothing, or
apply salve or ointment.
C. Apply clean dry dressing if necessary.
D. Treat victim for shock as required.
E. Arrange transportation to a hospital as quickly as possible.
F.
If arms or legs are affected keep them elevated.
REFERENCE
ILLINOIS HEART ASSOCIATION
AMERICAN RED CROSS STANDARD FIRST AID AND PERSONAL SAFETY
MANUAL (SECOND EDITION)
March 14, 2003
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: vii
CD-1A™ Exciter
Page: viii
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
March 14, 2003
CD-1A™ Exciter
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2440s100TOC.fm
1
2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1
Organization of Technical Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.2
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2
Installing the Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.3
Signal Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
4
06/05/03
SMPTE310M Input Connector (Isolated BNC) . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2.3.2
10MHZ Reference Input Connector (BNC) . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.3.3
RTAC Sample Input Connector (SMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.3.4
RF Output Connector (SMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.3.5
EXC/Control Connector UHF (25 Pin D). . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.3.6
EXC/Control Connector VHF (37 Pin D). . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.3.7
RS232 Diagnostic Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.4
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
2.5
Configuring the Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.6
3
2.3.1
2.5.1
Internal Test Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
2.5.2
Power Meter Zero and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
2.5.3
Power Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2.5.4
Exciter Switch Over Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2.5.5
VSWR Foldback Circuit (If Used) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Transmitter Manual and RTAC Precorrection . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
2.6.1
Non Linear Distortions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2.6.2
Linear Distortions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
Operator’s Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2
Raising or Lowering Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.2
Physical Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.3
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.4
8VSB Modulator Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4.4.1
A1 - SMPTE-310M and Clock Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.4.2
A2 - Transport to Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.4.3
A3 - Nyquist Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: ix
CD-1A™ Exciter
Table of Contents
4.4.4
A4 - Corrector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4.4.5
A6 - DSP Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4.4.6
A7 - A/D Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4.4.6.1
4.4.7
4.5
4.5.1
A9 - 10MHz Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.5.2
A8 - IF PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4.5.4
5
Page: x
Exciter Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4.5.3
4.6
A5 - D/A Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4.5.2.1
Sheet 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4.5.2.2
Sheet 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4.5.2.3
Sheet 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4.5.2.4
Sheet 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
A 10 - MAIN PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4.5.3.1
Sheet 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
4.5.3.2
Sheet 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.5.3.3
Sheet 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.5.3.4
Sheet 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
A11 - IF / Correction Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.5.4.1
Manual Precorrection or RTAC™ Precorrection? . . 4-11
4.5.4.2
10.76 MHz Response Corrector. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
4.5.4.3
First Mixer - 10.76 to 44 MHz IF . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4.5.4.4
SAW Filter Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4.5.4.5
Automatic Gain Control Section . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
4.5.4.6
Phase Corrector Section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4.5.4.7
Linearity Corrector Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.5.4.8
44MHz Response Corrector Section . . . . . . . . . 4-15
4.5.4.9
Fault Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4.5.5
Second Mixer - 44 MHz 2nd IF to Output Frequency . . . . . . 4-16
4.5.6
A16 - UHF/VHF Band Pass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4.5.7
A17 - 1 Watt Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
4.5.8
A18 - Down Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
4.5.9
A19 - Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Power Supply (Lower Subassembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-18
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
5.2
Maintenance or Alignment Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
2440s100TOC.fm
CD-1A™ Exciter
Table of Contents
5.2.1
Up converter Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
5.2.2
8VSB Modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
5.2.3
Power Supply Subassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2
5.3
Power Supply Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.4
Symbol Clock Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.5
Transmitter Frequency Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.5.1
Setting Frequency and Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.6
Transmitter Precorrection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.7
Routine Transmitter Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
5.8
5.9
5.7.1
Adjusting the 44 MHz Response and Delay Corrector . . . . . . .5-5
5.7.2
Adjusting Linearity and Phase Correctors . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5.7.3
Adjusting the 10.76 MHz Response and Delay Corrector . . . . .5-9
5.7.4
Adjusting the Five Pole 10.76 MHz Response and Delay Corrector5-10
5.7.5
Correctors Which Are Not Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Corrector Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
5.8.1
Linearity Corrector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.8.2
Phase Corrector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.8.3
44 MHz Response and Delay Corrector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.8.4
10.76 MHz Response & Delay Corrector . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
5.8.5
Five Pole 10.76 MHz Response & Delay Corrector . . . . . . . 5-17
Setting the Power Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
5.9.1
Other AGC.Metering Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.10 RTAC™ Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-21
5.10.1
Initial Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5.10.2
Controller Dip Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5.11 Technical Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
6
06/05/03
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1
General Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.2
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
6.3
8VSB Modulator Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
6.3.1
8VSB Modulator Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
6.3.2
8VSB Tray Fault Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
6.3.3
8VSB Circuit Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
6.3.4
A1 - SMPTE 310M & Clock Recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
6.3.5
A2 - Transport To Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
6.3.6
A3 - Nyquist Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: xi
CD-1A™ Exciter
Table of Contents
6.4
7
6.3.7
A4 - Corrector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.3.8
A6 - Correction Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.3.9
A7 - A/D Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.3.10
A5 - D/A Converter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
Up Converter Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
6.4.1
A11 - IF / Correction Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
6.4.2
A9 -10 MHz Reference Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.4.3
A8 - IF Phase Locked Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.4.4
A10 - MAIN PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
Frequency and Offset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.2
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.2.1
DDS Setting for No-Offset operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7.2.2
Offset Pilot Frequency Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3
7.2.2.1
7.2.2.2
DTV transmitters with Lower-Adjacent NTSC. . . . .7-4
7.2.2.1.1
Possible NTSC Frequency Offsets. . . . . .7-5
7.2.2.1.2
Offset Calculation Procedure . . . . . . . . . .7-5
Co-Channel DTV Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.2.2.2.1
7.2.2.3
7.3
Co-Channel DTV and NTSC Transmitters . . . . . . .7-8
7.2.2.3.1
Possible NTSC Frequency Offsets. . . . . .7-9
7.2.2.3.2
Offset Calculation Procedure . . . . . . . . . .7-9
UHF/VHF PLL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
7.3.1
Page: xii
Offset Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
Setting the High and Low Frequency Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
List of Figures
2440s100LOF.fm
List of Figures
06/05/03
Figure 1-1
CD1A™ Exciter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Figure 1-2
Exciter in Maintenance Position, Showing its Subassemblies . . . . . . 1-2
Figure 2-1
Exciter Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Figure 3-1
Exciter Front Panel View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Figure 4-1
D/A Converter (A5) Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Figure 4-2
Block Diagram IF Phase Lock Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Figure 4-3
Block Diagram Main Phase Lock Loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
Figure 4-4
Response and Delay Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Figure 4-5
Phase Correction Vector Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
Figure 5-1
Exciter in Maintenance Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Figure 5-2
44 MHz Response Corrector Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Figure 5-3
Linearity Corrector Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Figure 5-4
Phase Corrector Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Figure 5-5
10.76 MHz Response Corrector Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Figure 5-6
Five Pole Corrector Board Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Figure 5-7
Response and Delay of 10.76 MHz Response Corrector . . . . . . . . .5-16
Figure 5-8
FIve Pole Corrector Response and Delay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Figure 5-9
AGC and Power Meter Board Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Figure 6-1
8VSB Modulator First IF Output Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Figure 7-1
IF PLL Board Switch Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Figure 7-2
VHF/UHF PLL Board Switch Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: xiii
CD-1A™ Exciter
List of Figures
Page: xiv
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
List of Tables
2440s100LOT.fm
List of Tables
06/05/03
Table 1-1
CD 1A™ Exciter Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Table 2-1
Clock and Distribution Board S4 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Table 4-1
Clock and Distribution Board S4 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Table 4-2
Exciter Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Table 5-1
Exciter Power Supply Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Table 5-2
Frequencies and controls For five Pole Corrector. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Table 5-3
Exciter Configuration - S3 on DSP Controller Board . . . . . . . . . .5-21
Table 7-1
Main IF PLL Coarse Frequency Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Table 7-2
IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with no offset) . . . . . 7-3
Table 7-3
IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with -22697 Hz offset) . 7-6
Table 7-4
IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with -19.403 kHz offset) 7-8
Table 7-5
IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with -911944 Hz offset) 7-10
Table 7-6
VHF/UHF PLL Switch S1 Setting for CHannel 14 . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
Table 7-7
VHF/UHF PLL Switch Settings (S1 Through S4) . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: xv
CD-1A™ Exciter
List of Tables
Page: xvi
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Introduction
Organization of Technical Manual
1
Introduction
2440s100.fm
This technical manual contains installation, operating and maintenance procedures for the
HARRIS CD 1A™ 8VSB exciter.
1.1
Organization of Technical Manual
The manual is divided into these sections:
• Section 1 - Introduction and Overall Description, describes the CD 1A™ exciter and
lists the sections of this technical manual.
• Section 2 - Installation, describes the mounting, environmental requirements and initial setup of the exciter.
• Section 3 - Operator’s Guide, explains operation of the exciter.
• Section 4 - CD 1A™ Exciter Theory, explains the functioning of each part of the exciter as an aid to servicing the product.
• Section 5 - Maintenance, describes exciter adjustments available to the user.
• Section 6 - Troubleshooting, describes checks and test which may be used to isolate a
suspected problem in the exciter.
• Section 7 - Frequency and Offset, provides instructions for users who need to change
the exciter to a different operating channel.
• Section 8 - Parts List, is an indexed listing of field-replaceable parts for the CD 1A™
exciter.
1.2
General Description
The Harris CD 1A™ exciter receives the program material to be transmitted, generates a
low-level RF signal on-channel and performs precorrections for signal distortions which
occur in the transmitter amplifiers. The CD 1A™ exciter is a TV transmitter signal source
for the US ATSC TV broadcast service. The exciter generates a 250mW average (1 Watt
peak) 8VSB television signal on any VHF or UHF channel, see Figure 1-1 for a picture of
the exciter.
Figure 1-1 CD1A™ Exciter
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 1-1
CD-1A™ Exciter
Introduction
General Description
The exciter is a rack-mountable unit 19" wide by 7" high by 25" deep. The assembly
consists of 2 chassis, which mount together as a single unit.
Refer to Figure 1-2 for a view of the exciter extended on its slides and opened in the maintenance position.
The upper chassis is the up converter, which can be raised and locked to provide access to
the 8VSB Modulator.
The main chassis houses the 8VSB modulator. The lower section of the 8VSB Modulator
chassis contains the power supplies. This section can be tilted downward to gain access to
the power supplies.
All interconnections are via the rear panel. An RS232 diagnostic port is provided on both
the front and the rear panels.
The exciter accepts a DTV transport data stream in SMPTE 310M (embedded clock)
format. The modulation process is fully digital, with analog circuits used after modulation
to up-convert the IF signal to the desired channel and to perform some of the needed transmitter precorrections.
The exciter uses RTAC™ (Real Time Adaptive Correction) to monitor and manage precorrection for transmitter linear distortions, reducing the need for frequent tests and
adjustments.
Figure 1-2 Exciter in Maintenance Position, Showing its Subassemblies
Output power from the exciter is variable and may be set to any output up to 250mW
average (1 watt peak) power.
The up converter can accept a 10 MHz external frequency standard input via a rear-panel
connector. An external standard is used whenever the user requires either greater than pilot
frequency precision, or a precise pilot frequency offset.
Page: 1-2
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Introduction
General Description
The CD 1A™ exciter can be installed in any Harris DTV television transmitter, or for
testing, it can also be operated on any desktop or tabletop surface.
2440s100.fm
Front panel LED’s indicate fault conditions and correction bypass. A raise/lower rocker
switch on the front panel provides exciter RF output power control, with a front-panel
digital display to indicate the exciter peak RF output power level. The exciter RF output
can also be adjusted from the transmitter using remote control terminals.
Specifications for the exciter are listed in Table 1-1.
Note
Specifications subject to changed without notice.
Table 1-1 CD 1A™ Exciter Specifications
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 1-3
CD-1A™ Exciter
Introduction
Page: 1-4
General Description
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Installation
Introduction
2
Installation
Introduction
2440s200.fm
2.1
Exciters sold as part of a transmitter will normally have been tested in the transmitter
before shipment. The exciter may be removed for shipment, to be reinstalled after the transmitter is in place. Installation is a simple process, as described in 2.2 below.
Exciters sold for use in test facilities can either be rack mounted or operated standing on a
work surface.
2.2
Installing the Exciter
The exciter is 7" high and 19" wide to allow mounting in a 4 rack unit space in a standard
19" EIA rack. A minimum of 27" depth in the mounting rack is needed to allow space for
the exciter and for its’ connecting cables.
For installation outside a transmitter or rack cabinet, the exciter may be placed on a convenient desk or operating surface.
The physical mounting hardware and connecting harness should already be in place in the
transmitter when it arrives at your location. If an exciter has been removed for shipment,
mount the exciter in its mounting slides, fastening the flexible cable retractor (if used) to
the rear and connecting the cables to the rear panel as marked.
Note
The rectangular bezel above the digital meter display on the front
panel is an extractor handle. Pressing it inward on the left side causes a finger pull to rotate forward for use in pulling the exciter toward you to gain access to its interior.
Two shipping screws must be removed before the up converter tray can be tilted upward to
gain access to the 8VSB Modulator chassis. The screws may be found inside the up
converter, fastening the right and left front corners of the up converter to the 8VSB Modulator. Remove these screws after installation. Keep them for use if the exciter must ever be
removed for shipment.
2.3
Signal Connections
Input and output connections are at the rear of the exciter. Figure 2-1 shows the connections. These connections are listed and discussed below.
2.3.1
SMPTE310M Input Connector (Isolated BNC)
SMPTE310M IN is the input connection for the SMPTE-310M transport signal.
This signal must conform to the SMPTE 310M standard. The input impedance is 75 ohms.
Belden 8281 or similar high-quality video cable can be used to deliver this signal to the
exciter over a distance of up to 1000 feet.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 2-1
CD-1A™ Exciter
Installation
Signal Connections
The input can be connected either for optimum RFI rejection by grounding the shield, or to
provide common-mode rejection by allowing the shield to float above ground at this end.
Connect SMPTE 310M Interface & Clock Distribution board jumper JP1 to position 1-2 to
ground the shield, or connect jumper JP1 to position 2-3 to allow the shield to float above
ground.
If common mode rejection is selected, make certain the cable shield is grounded only in the
signal source equipment. This prevents common mode current from flowing in the cable
shield.
2.3.2
10MHZ Reference Input Connector (BNC)
10MHZ REF IN (BNC) is the (Optional) reference frequency input. It is used when precise
control of the exciter’s pilot frequency is required. The input impedance is 50 ohms and the
level should be within the range of 0 to +10 dBm.
2.3.3
RTAC Sample Input Connector (SMA)
Sample In (SMA) is the RTACTM (Real Time Adaptive Correction) sample input signal
connector. It is an RF sample of the transmitter output taken after the high power (FCC
mask) filter.
The signal level should be +5 dBm +/- 5 dB. Use pads to keep the sample level close to +5
dBm. If multiple PA cabinets are used, the sample level will change with the cabinet
configuration. Keep the expected range of variation centered about +5 dBm.
2.3.4
RF Output Connector (SMA)
RF OUT (SMA) is the RF signal output from the exciter. It has a power range of 0 to 250
mW average (0 to 1000 mW peak)., which can be set by the rocker switch next to the
exciter front panel power display, or by remote control through the UHF or VHF exciter
control connector.
2.3.5
EXC/Control Connector UHF (25 Pin D)
EXC/CTRL UHF (25 Pin D) is the exciter control interface connector used to connect the
UHF version of the exciter to the transmitter and the exciter switcher.
2.3.6
EXC/Control Connector VHF (37 Pin D)
EXC/CTRL VHF (37 Pin D) is the exciter control interface connector used to connect the
VHF version of the exciter to the transmitter and the exciter switcher.
2.3.7
RS232 Diagnostic Port
RS232 DIAGNOSTIC is a 9 Pin D interface connector. It is used to communicate with the
computer which is running the CD EYE option. This connection is available on the front
and rear panels.
Page: 2-2
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Installation
Power
2.4
Power
2440s200.fm
AC Power is applied through a standard power cord to the connector at the bottom right
corner of the rear panel as shown in Figure 2-1. The AC inlet connector is an assembly
containing the Power switch and two mains protection fuses. 10A 250V Slow fuses should
be installed.
The power supplies used in the power supply section will accept AC input voltages from
90 VAC to 270 VAC without the need to adjust or tap for changing line voltage. Connect
the power cord from the rear of the exciter assembly to the power source.
Energize the exciter by turning on the ac power switch located at the lower right rear of the
exciter, as shown in Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-1 Exciter Inputs and Outputs
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 2-3
CD-1A™ Exciter
Installation
2.5
Configuring the Exciter
Configuring the Exciter
Some exciter configuration is necessary. This configuration is necessary. These topics are
listed below. Exciter power calibration and power meter zeroing checks are included here
to ensure accuracy of the other related setup topics.
2.5.1
Internal Test Signal
The SMPTE 310M Interface & Clock Distribution board includes an internal clock oscillator and data generator for use in testing the exciter. It is selected and enabled using
switches S2 and S4 on the board, Refer to drawing 843 5466 931.)
When transmitting program data is received at the SMPTE 310M input, S2 - 1 should be
on. Set S2 - 1 to off to enable test data and block the SMPTE 310M input data.
Table 2-1 Clock and Distribution Board S4 Settings
Test Pattern
PRBS-23
HEX ‘80’
RAMP
NULL PACKETS
2.5.2
S4 - 1
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
S4 - 2
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Power Meter Zero and Calibration
The meter zero would be checked before power calibration is checked or performed, the
procedure is listed below.
• R104 - Meter Zero: Adjusted to produce a zero output meter reading when there is no
exciter RF output.
The easiest way to temporarily reduce output power to zero is to remove a jumper,
such as JP11 or JP12 on the phase or linearity corrector of the IF & Corrector board.
When the meter has been zeroed, replace the jumper in its original position, normal
position is 1 to 2.
The exciter power meter (LED display) was calibrated at the factory, but the calibration
can be rechecked at the intended operating power level if desired. The power calibration
procedure is given below.
1
Turn the exciter off (power switch is on the rear panel of the exciter).
2
Connect a power meter to the RF output connector on the back of the exciter.
3
Turn on the exciter on.
4
Observing the external power meter, set the exciter output power to the level required
by the transmitter input.
5
If the power meter reads average power, multiply its reading (in watts or mW) by four
to obtain the peak reading.
A
Page: 2-4
Set R94 on the AGC section of the IF & Corrector board so that the exciter
power meter agrees with this calculation.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
Transmitter Manual and RTAC Precorrection
2.5.3
CD-1A™ Exciter
Installation
Power Limit
2440s200.fm
The exciter is rated to operate with output power level up to 250mW average, but the front
panel meter reads peak RF power. Normal and recommended practice is to adjust the
internal power limit control so that the exciter output cannot be raised above the maximum
desired drive level for the transmitter. This typically will be well below 1000mW peak
(250mW average power.)
The maximum limit to the exciter output power is set by the power limit control R100 on
the AGC section of the IF & Corrector board.
2.5.4
Exciter Switch Over Threshold
The RF present threshold becomes active at a preset exciter output level. When active it
turns on the green RF Present LED on the IF & Corrector board (DS5), and provide a LOW
output to the UHF remote control connector. RF Present is used by the exciter switcher to
detect an exciter failure and switch to the alternate exciter in some transmitters.
The exciter power level needed to activate the RF present circuit is typically set at 50% of
the normal exciter output level needed by the transmitter. The adjustment procedure
follows.
2.5.5
1
Set the exciter output power to the desired RF present threshold.
2
Adjust R106 (RF Present control in the AGC section of the IF & Corrector board) to
just illuminate DS5.
3
Vary the exciter output power to verify the correct setting of the RF present control.
4
Return the exciter output power to normal.
VSWR Foldback Circuit (If Used)
Some transmitters use the exciter as a means of applying VSWR foldback.
• R83 - Foldback Level: Normally set to full CW (maximum sensitivity). If your transmitter uses foldback and requires a different setting, the correct setting for R83 can be
found in the transmitter technical manual or in the factory test data.
2.6
Transmitter Manual and RTAC Precorrection
After installation and after the transmitter has been turned on and is operating at 100%
power, the transmitter distortions must be precorrected in the exciter. This is done with a
combination of manual precorrections and RTAC (real time adaptive precorrection). The
distortions and methods of correction are listed below.
2.6.1
Non Linear Distortions
Non linear distortions, linearity and phase, are caused by the transmitter system PAs. In the
Sigma transmitters these distortions are corrected in the PA cabinet. In the Platinum and
Diamond transmitters these distortions are corrected in the phase and linearity sections of
the IF & Corrector board.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 2-5
CD-1A™ Exciter
Installation
Transmitter Manual and RTAC Precorrection
These distortions cause intermodulation products (intermod products) to appear in the
adjacent channels. Since it is impossible to reduce these intermod products below the FCC
mask requirements, a high power bandpass filter (the FCC mask filter) is required after the
PA. This filter produces two linear distortions, which are group delay and RF amplitude
response errors.
2.6.2
Linear Distortions
The linear distortions, produced by the high power (FCC mask) filter, are RF amplitude
response and group delay errors. These distortions cause the eyes of the eye pattern to close
and the EVM (error vector magnitude) to increase.
Some group delay and response errors can be caused by the rest of the transmitter system,
but the level of these distortions is low compared to those of the mask filter. For this reason,
all linear corrections are performed in the same correctors.
Manual precorrection for linear distortions are performed in the 10.762 MHz response
corrector at the rear of the IF & Corrector board.
Automatic correction for the linear distortions is performed by the RTAC corrector circuits
on the IF & corrector board.
Page: 2-6
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Operator’s Guide
Introduction
3
Operator’s Guide
2440s300.fm
3.1
Introduction
The front panel of the CD 1A™ exciter is shown if Figure 3-1. The exciter displays the
output power level (Peak Power) in mW and provides a Raise/Lower rocker switch to
adjust the power.
The exciter includes several LED indicators on the front panel to signal unusual or
abnormal operating conditions. Yellow indicators signal a condition which might affect
operation but will not disable the exciter.
• PHASE Phase corrector bypassed.
• LINEARITY Linearity corrector bypassed.
• RESPONSE Frequency response corrector bypassed.
• CORRECTOR BYPASS RTAC™ correction is turned off.
• CORRECTOR FAULT RTAC™ correction fault.
A Red indicator signals a serious, disabling fault.
• PLL FAULT Internal Phase locked loop fault. This LED is located on the associated
PLL circuit board.
• RF MUTE RF output disabled either by internal fault or external shut down.
• INPUT FAULT Unreliable Transport stream data, loss of input clock or PLL Fault.
Note
The input fault indicator is normally dark. If illuminated or blinking, there may be a problem in the input data stream. If the problem
persists when the exciter in the internal test mode, the problem is
with the PLL circuitry, see Section 6.4 on page 6-7.
Figure 3-1 Exciter Front Panel View
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 3-1
CD-1A™ Exciter
Operator’s Guide
3.2
Raising or Lowering Output Power
Raising or Lowering Output Power
The exciter RF output power can be raised or lowered simply by pressing the momentary
front panel switch. Pressing the switch upward raises output power and pressing the switch
downward lowers power.
Power raise and lower can also be controlled remotely. In most transmitters, exciter power
is controlled from the transmitter front panel.
The exciter front panel meter reads power output with a full scale reading of 10000 mW
peak RF output power.
Note
The exciter is rated to operate with output power level up to
250mW average, but the front panel meter reads peak RF power.
Normal and recommended practice is to adjust the internal power
limit control so that the exciter output cannot be raised above the
maximum desired drive level for the transmitter. This typically will
be well below 1000mW peak (250mW average power.)
Page: 3-2
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
General Description
4
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
2440s400.fm
4.1
General Description
The program input to the exciter is a data signal called the “Transport Stream” which is
coded in the SMPTE 310M format and has an impedance of 75 ohms. This form of coding
allows the clock signal to be recovered from the data stream, instead of requiring separate
clock and data paths.
The exciter processes this input into the on-channel 8VSB signal needed as drive for the
transmitter power amplifiers. Correction circuits in the exciter predistort the exciter RF
output to compensate for errors which occur in the power amplifiers and the high level RF
output intermod filter. The purpose of the correction circuits is to produce a low-distortion
transmitter output signal with very low intermodulation products. RTAC™ (Real Time
Adaptive Correction) processing in the digital part of the exciter continually monitors and
trims exciter linear correction to maintain top performance.
In this chapter, some parts of the discussion will refer to drawings in the separate drawing
set received with the technical manual.
4.2
Physical Description
The CD 1A™ exciter is constructed as a central tray with a tilt-up upper tray subassembly
and a tilt-down lower power supply assembly. Figure 3-1, on page 3-1 shows a front view
of the exciter.
Note
The rectangular bezel centered above the Exciter Output digital
meter on the front panel is an extractor. Pressing the left side of the
bezel inward causes a finger pull to rotate forward for use in pulling
the exciter out for service.
The exciter is normally mounted in the transmitter on slides, permitting it to be extended
forward out of the cabinet for service. When pulled forward, either or both of the subassemblies may be tilted to gain full access to the circuits while operating.
Figure 5-1, on page 5-2 shows the upper tray and the lower tray rotated into service
position.
The following drawings in the separate drawing set provide top views of the three sections
of the exciter:
• 843-5466-893: 8VSB Modulator (Center tray)
• 843-5466-894: up converter (Upper, tilt-up tray)
• 843-5466-895: Power Supply (Lower, tilt-down tray)
The exciter contains a cooling blower mounted in the rear. Cooling air is drawn into the
assemblies from the rear and forced forward over the circuits.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-1
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
4.3
Functional Description
Functional Description
Refer to block diagram drawing 843-5466-528, sheets 1-3.
The DTV transport signal is applied to connectors at the rear of the exciter. The signal must
be fully compliant with the SMPTE 310M standard, supplied in a 75 ohm coaxial cable.
The CD 1A™ exciter performs the following general functions:
• SMPTE310M Input & Clock Distribution
• Data synchronization
• Channel encoding
• Sync and pilot insertion
• Nyquist filtering (spectral shaping)
• Precorrection
• Up conversion
• RTAC™ (Real Time Adaptive Correction)
The on-channel 8VSB RF signal is output through a 50-ohm SMA connector at the rear of
the exciter. This output signal is suitable for amplification in subsequent high-power
stages.
4.4
8VSB Modulator Assembly
Refer to Drawing 843 5466 528, Sheet 1 for a block diagram of the 8VSB section of the
exciter.
Refer to 843-5466-893 for views of the physical layout of components in the tray.
The 8VSB Modulator is the main tray of the exciter. It accepts DC supply voltages from
the power supply assembly and a DTV transport data stream as input. This tray provides a
fully modulated 8VSB First IF output centered at 10.76 MHz.
The modulator tray performs RTAC™ precorrection on the signal during the modulation
process. It receives a down converted sample of the transmitter output and compares the
transmitter output to the signal being sent to the amplifiers, shaping the precorrection to
minimize errors.
The 8VSB Modulator consists of 7 circuit boards:
• A1 - SMPTE 310M & Clock Distribution
• A2 - Transport to Transmission Board
• A3 - Nyquist Filter Board
• A4 - Corrector
• A5 - D/A Converter
• A6 - DSP Controller
• A7 - A/D Converter Board
Signal flow from input to output may be followed using 843 5466 528, Sheet 1. The
transport signal input is to A1, the SMPTE 310M & Clock Distribution, where the NRZ
transport data and the clock are recovered from the SMPTE310M signal.
Page: 4-2
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
8VSB Modulator Assembly
From A1, the signal progresses to A2, the Transport to Transmission board, where randomization, Reed-Solomon coding, Trellis coding and segment sync and frame sync are added.
2440s400.fm
The signal then passes to A3, the Nyquist Filter, which band-limits the signal using the
root-raised cosine filter.
The Nyquist Filter output passes through the Corrector and is delivered to A5, the D/A
Corrector in digital form. A5 converts the 10.76 MHz IF signal to analog form and delivers
it to the up converter tray.
The corrector performs RTAC™ precorrection as the symbol stream passes through it. The
DSP controller, A6, controls the precorrection process. A7 receives the down converted
transmitter output sample from the up converter tray and converts it to the same digital
format as the signal from the Nyquist filter. Output is then compared to input and adjustments are made to the precorrection.
4.4.1
A1 - SMPTE-310M and Clock Distribution
Refer to Drawing 843-5466-931.
The SMPTE310M signal enters the exciter at J1 and is input to J2 of A1. This board
receives the signal and converts the 310M signal to a form more useful during subsequent
processing. The board also uses the embedded clock in 310M to create internal clock
signals which are routed to other parts of the exciter.
Exciter SMPTE310M IN J1 is an isolated connector. The shield of the cable is not
grounded at the exciter input unless SMPTE 310M board jumper JP1 is set to the 1-2
position. This allows superior common-mode rejection.
U1 is an adaptive cable equalizer which corrects for up to 1000 feet of high-quality 75 ohm
cable. TP1 can be used to monitor the eye pattern at U1’s output. TP2 is an analog signal
strength test point. DC voltage at this test point is 4.45 to 5.0 VDC, depending on cable
length and incoming signal strength.
U4 is a data retiming PLL device. U4 recovers the 38.78 MHz “embedded clock” from the
SMPTE 310M signal. U7, U8 and U9 translate the outputs to PECL levels.
U10 is a programmed device which uses the recovered clock to restore the data stream
from SMPTE 310M format to basic data format NRZ for use in the transport board. U10
also searches for the hex 47 sync byte and rechecks for it continually. When three successive “47" sync bytes are found at 188 byte intervals the transport stream is considered
locked, and the green on board TS LOCK LED lights.
If a sync byte is not seen at the proper interval, lock confidence is lowered and DS3 goes
out. When three successive sync bytes are not seen the red TS LOSS LED lights and the
INPUT FAULT LED lights.
U10 also outputs a “frame sync” pulse every 188 bytes for use elsewhere in the 8VSB
modulator.
Note
The “frame sync” pulse originated here should not be confused
with the transmitted ATSC frame sync which occurs every 313
transmitted segments. The SMPTE 310M board frame sync, generated by U10, occurs every 188 bytes, 1 bit prior to the packet sync
byte.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-3
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
8VSB Modulator Assembly
The board contains a test generator which can be set to produce test data sequences which
are useful during testing. S2 and S4 are used to enable these tests. When ON, S2 - 1 causes
the program data from the exciter input to be transmitted. When S2 - 1 is set to OFF, S4-1
and S4-2 cause one of the following test sequences is transmitted, see Table 4-1 for the S4
settings.
• PRBS (Pseudo-Random Binary Sequence) - the standard PN23 pseudo-random number sequence is generated continually and may be recovered and checked with a demodulator.
• HEX “80” - every byte except the sync byte is the hexadecimal number “80”.
• RAMP - a sequence of bytes counting from 1 to 187.
• NULL PACKETS is a sequence in which every byte except the sync byte is 00.
Table 4-1 Clock and Distribution Board S4 Settings
Test Pattern
PRBS-23
HEX ‘80’
RAMP
NULL PACKETS
S4-1
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
S4-2
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Temperature-Controlled Crystal Oscillator (TXCO) U6 is used to generate the 43.04 MHz
clock signal for the rest of the 8VSB modulator tray. U6 is phase-locked to the 19.39 MHz
transport clock by U2, which also divides the 43.04 MHz rate by 4 to output the 10.76 MHz
clock. DS5 monitors the phase-lock voltage and lights if component drift causes the lock
voltage to be out of tolerance.
A1’s transport stream is output at J3 and is delivered to Transport board A2 as separate
Data and Clock lines. Other outputs provided on this connector are:
• Symbol Clock (10.76 MHz)
• 4 x symbol rate clock (43.04 MHz)
• “Frame Sync” (Occurs 1 bit before packet sync, every 188 bytes)
• Input Fault drive signal (Open drain)
4.4.2
A2 - Transport to Transmission
Refer to 843- 5466-881.
The transport stream (data and clock) is then input to A2, J2. A2, Transport to Transmission, performs ATSC coding on the signal, converting it to a stream of 8VSB symbols at a
symbol rate of 10.76 Ms/s. Randomizing, Reed-Solomon Coding, Interleaving and Trellis
coding are all performed in the Transport to Transmission board. Segment sync and field
sync are added, and then the symbol stream is output at J7 as 3-bit parallel data at the
10.76Mbyte/s rate.
The transport board receives the Input Fault signal from the SMPTE board, OR’s it with an
MPEG Sync Loss signal originating on the Transport board and routes this signal to the
Nyquist board (A3) and to the Controller (A6).
The Transport board acts on loss of input to maintain a transmitted flow of null packets to
keep receivers locked until true data input returns.
Page: 4-4
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
8VSB Modulator Assembly
To provide for the power regulation requirements of the devices on A2, Voltage Regulator
Module A23 connects to the Transport board at J10.
2440s400.fm
The output from the transport board to the Nyquist board (A3) is at J7. The signal appears
here to pins 2, 4 and 6 in the form of a 3-bit parallel data stream which is a digital sequence
of 8-level symbols at a 10.76MHz symbol rate. After further processing in the Nyquist
filter and the corrector, the symbols will be converted from digital to analog and will
appear as the First IF, with a center frequency of 10.76MHz.
4.4.3
A3 - Nyquist Filter
Refer to 843-5466-981
The symbol stream from A2 is routed to J3, the Nyquist Filter board. This board processes
the symbol stream digitally into a nyquist-filtered parallel data stream and adds a digital
offset to produce the “pilot” in the transmitted signal. The “pilot” is a residual carrier on the
lower skirt of the bandpass, included to allow receivers to lock up more quickly.
The Nyquist Filter board contains the INPUT FAULT, CORRECTOR FAULT and
CORRECTOR BYPASS LED’s which appear on the front panel. These LED’s connect via
J3 to the Transport to Transmission board, which OR’s the SMPTE board’s input fault
signal with its’ own and routes the other two commands from the DSP controller.
The data stream at J5, the output of the Nyquist Filter board is in the complex form, 16 bits
Real, 16 bits Imaginary. The signal is fully formed and would be suitable for A/D conversion and transmission, however the CD1A™ exciter in it’s newest form uses RTAC™ Real
Time Adaptive Correction to perform day-to-day linear and non-linear precorrection. The
precorrection is performed following the nyquist filter output in A4, the corrector.
The Nyquist Filter board is mounted in the left front area of the tray. The board contains
the Corrector Bypass, Corrector Fault and Input Fault lights which appear on the front
panel of the tray. These LED’s connect direct to J3 and receive drives from the transport
board.
4.4.4
A4 - Corrector
Refer to 843-5466-527.
RTAC™ Real Time Adaptive Correction compares transmitted symbols sampled at the
transmitter output, received at J6, with the same symbols at the nyquist filter output,
received at J7. Any errors detected are converted to precorrections and stored in a memory
location, then applied to subsequent symbols. This allows the exciter to detect and correct
changes in the transmitted signal due to temperature changes, drift, etc.
The corrector then applies the stored corrections to each sample received at J7 and
combines the real and imaginary samples into a sequence of digital samples of the output
10.76 MHz IF signal, which goes to J5. J5 connects to A5, the D/A Converter.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-5
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
4.4.5
8VSB Modulator Assembly
A6 - DSP Controller
Refer to 843-5466-527.
A6, the DSP Controller, provides the processing power and memory storage to operate the
Corrector. A6 is also able to interface to front and rear panel diagnostic ports, allowing an
external PC or, in some transmitters, the transmitter display system to access and show data
on the status of the correction settings in the exciter.
4.4.6
A7 - A/D Converter
Refer to 843-5466-401.
The up converter delivers a sample of the transmitter output to the 8VSB Modulator tray
after down converting it to the same IF frequency output from the 8VSB unit. This signal
is received in the tray at J7 and fed to A7, the A/D Converter.
A7 produces a 16 bit parallel digital output at a 43.04 MHz sample rate. Each sample is fed
to A4, J6 and compared with the corresponding sample as it passed through the corrector
prior to transmission.
4.4.6.1
A5 - D/A Converter
Refer to 843-5466-381.
The D/A Converter, A5, receives the 16 bit stream from the Corrector at J3, converts it to
analog form and outputs it as an 8VSB signal centered on 10.76MHz, see Figure 4-1. This
is the exciter First IF. It is delivered to the IF circuits in the up converter tray for analog
precorrection.
The pilot can be seen at the lower band edge in Figure 4-1. The pilot is the residual carrier.
In the First IF signal, this frequency is 8.07 MHz. (10.76MHz x 0.75).
Figure 4-1 D/A Converter (A5) Output
Page: 4-6
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
4.4.7
Exciter Interface Connectors
The connectors listed in Table 4-2are included on the rear panel of the CD 1A™ exciter.
Table 4-2 Exciter Rear Panel Connectors
2440s400.fm
SMPTE-310M IN
10MHz REF IN
RF OUT
SAMPLE IN
EXC/CTRL UHF
EXC/CTRL VHF
RS232 DIAGNOSTIC
Isolated BNC
BNC
SMA
SMA
DB25
DB37
DB9
The RS232 DIAGNOSTIC 9-pin “D” connector on the 8VSB Modulator rear panel and the
identical connector on the front panel are provided for future use.
4.5
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
Refer to drawing 843 5466 528, Sheet 2 for a block diagram of the up converter, and to
drawing 843-5466-894 for the physical layout.
The five pole response and delay corrector accepts a 10.76 MHz IF from J4 on the digital
to analog corrector board. The five pole corrector was added to compensate for the additional group delay of the sharp tuned high power mask filter.
The up-converter accepts a 10.76 MHz IF from A5 - J4. The up converter converts the
signal in two stages to an on channel UHF output.
The up converter may be configured to place the exciter output on any VHF or UHF
channel.
Power output capability of 250mW (average power) is provided. (Some components may
be factory-selected on certain channels to obtain a full 250 mW.) Precorrection circuits are
included to compensate AM-AM and AM-PM distortions in the high power amplifier.
Local oscillators used for up-conversion are generated via low noise phase locked loops.
All frequencies are referenced to a common 10MHz standard.
For those users who need a more precise frequency standard, an external 10MHz reference
input is provided.
4.5.1
A9 - 10MHz Reference
Refer to Drawing number 843 5466 221.
The 10 MHz reference assembly produces a precision low phase noise 10 MHz signal
which is used by the up-converter phase lock loops. The phase-locked loops generate the
frequencies required to convert the digital IF to the desired channel.
U4 is an oven controlled crystal oscillator (OCXO) operating at the fundamental frequency
of 10 MHz. Provision for adjusting out crystal aging is provided.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-7
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
The crystal oscillator is buffered by U5 and U6 and is supplied to the phase locked loops.
Provision for an external 10 MHz is provided. If a sufficient level is present as detected by
U2, the unit switches off the internal 10 MHz oscillator via U1 and routes the external 10
MHz to the outputs by U6. The internal oven is kept running to minimize frequency drift
when switching between external and internal 10 MHz sources.
Upon power up, 3 minutes are required by the OCXO to stabilize in temperature.
4.5.2
A8 - IF PLL
Refer to Figure 4-2, block diagram of the IF PLL.
The IF PLL generates a 54.76 MHz carrier. It is used to convert the digital 10.76 MHz IF
to 44MHz. A single loop PLL with a reference frequency of 2MHz is used to set the coarse
frequency. A DDS based oscillator running at 2.69 MHz is used to offset the main loop to
54.76 MHz. The resolution of the DDS is 2.3 millihertz (mHz). This allows for very fine
frequency offset capability. An 8.069 MHz pilot derived from the 10.76 MHz symbol clock
from the digital modulator is used as a reference for the pilot and is tracked in the loop. This
tracking removes any frequency drift from the digital modulator’s IF and keeps the 44
MHz IF pilot at a constant frequency regardless of any drift in the incoming digital data
stream. A lock detector function is provided to mute the RF output in the event of PLL
failure.
Refer to 843 5466 231 Sheets 1-3, IF PLL, when reading the following four sections.
Figure 4-2 Block Diagram IF Phase Lock Loop
Page: 4-8
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
4.5.2.1
Sheet 1
2440s400.fm
The 2.69 MHz is generated in numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) U3. U3 outputs a 12
bit digital signal which is converted to an analog signal in an A/D converter U10. A band
pass filter ensures that the output of the 2.69 MHz signal will be free of spurious
components.
The NCO requires 32 bit serial programming. DIP switches S1 through S4 set the corresponding 32 bits and are loaded into the NCO via a serial to parallel conversion. U4, U15,
U17 and U23 perform the serial conversion and are clocked by U12, U16 and U19.
4.5.2.2
Sheet 2
The main phase locked loop consists of a reference divider which divides the 10 MHz
reference by 5 to obtain a 2 MHz reference for the phase detector, a high speed phase
detector and a programmable feedback divider which is programmed to 22. U22 is a multifunction PLL IC which performs these functions. It is programmed via parallel input as set
by dip switches S5 and S6. The phase error signals from U22 are filtered and applied to a
VCO (voltage controlled oscillator) Q1, whose output is 54.76 MHz.
4.5.2.3
Sheet 3
The 54.76 MHz VCO output is offset to a 52.069 MHz intermediate IF by mixing with the
2.69 MHz DDS output in a single side band mixer. This mixer consists of U8, U9, HX1,
and U18.
A 52 MHz band pass filter removes any mixer spurious products. A 10.76. MHz symbol
clock from the digital modulator is divided by 4 in U26. This output is rich in harmonics.
the third harmonic is equal to the pilot frequency of 8.069 MHz. This pilot frequency is
subtracted from the 52.069 MHz intermediate IF in mixer U27 to produce a 44 MHz
output.
4.5.2.4
Sheet 2
The 44 MHz output is divided by 22 to 2 MHz in U22 and is applied to the phase detector
thus locking the original VCO frequency of 54.76. MHz to the 10 MHz reference. In this
way the 54.76 MHz VCO is always locked to the pilot from the digital tray. When the
digital IF is mixed with the 54.76 MHz LO the resultant 44 MHz IF will always be locked
to the 10 MHz reference regardless of any drift in the digital IF output.
4.5.3
A 10 - MAIN PLL
Refer to Figure 4-3, MAIN PLL Block Diagram.
The MAIN PLL generates a carrier in the frequency range of 101MHz to 904MHz. It is
used to convert the 44MHz IF to the desired output channel. A dual loop PLL is used to
cover the frequency range and provide 1 MHz resolution. Loop 1 is a coarse tuning loop
which tunes to within 10 to 15 MHz of the desired Local Oscillator frequency. The second
loop is offset from the first in increments of 1 MHz to reach the desired frequency. A lock
acquisition circuit is used to accelerate lock time. A lock detector function is provided to
mute the RF output in the event of PLL failure.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-9
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
Figure 4-3 Block Diagram Main Phase Lock Loop
Refer to schematic 843 5466 851 Sheets 1-2, UHF PLL.
Note
The “UHF PLL” circuit is used for both UHF and VHF exciters and
is referred to in this text as the “Main PLL”.
Both phase locked loops in the MAIN PLL are based on a PLL integrated circuit. This IC
contains a reference receiver, a 16 bit reference divider, a 10/11 dual modulo prescaler, a 9
bit M and 4 bit A pulse swallow counter, a digital phase/frequency detector and an
out-of-lock detector.
4.5.3.1
Sheet 1
Loop 1 operates from 100 to 890 MHz and increments in 5 MHz steps. 10 MHz from the
reference oscillator is applied to U17 which divides the reference by 2 for a phase detection
frequency of 5 MHz. Output from the VCO is split in hybrid U6 and applied to the divide
by N counter in U17. Phase detector outputs from U17 are filtered and integrated by U10
into a dc voltage proportional to the phase difference between the reference and the divided
VCO This dc voltage is applied to the VCO. Further filtering of the VCO control voltage
is performed by a passive low pass filter.
Dip switch S1 and S2 determine the R, M, and A values for the counters in U17.
Page: 4-10
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
4.5.3.2
Sheet 2
2440s400.fm
Loop 2 operates from 110 to 904 MHz and increments in 1 MHz steps. 10 MHz from the
reference oscillator is applied to U15 which divides the reference by 10 for a phase
detection frequency of 1 MHz. Output from the VCO is split in hybrid U8 and applied to a
mixer along with the output from loop 1. The difference in frequency between the two
loops is between 10 - 15 MHz and is applied to the divide by N counter in U15. A passive
low pass filter removes any high frequency harmonics from the mixing process.
4.5.3.3
Sheet 3
Amplifier U14 compensates for the losses in the mixer and low pass filter.
4.5.3.4
Sheet 2
The phase detector outputs from U15 are filtered and integrated into by U9 into a dc
voltage proportional to the phase difference between the reference and the divided difference frequency. This dc voltage is applied to the VCO. Further filtering of the VCO control
voltage is performed by a passive low pass filter.
To prevent loop 2 from locking on a spurious mixer output U11 is configured as a window
comparator and keeps the VCO control voltage centered about the desired frequency.
4.5.4
A11 - IF / Correction Board
Refer to the 8-page schematic diagram 843-5466-961.
The IF Correction board contains all of the first and second IF signal processing circuits in
the up converter section. It receives the 10.76 MHz first IF input from the D/A Converter
at J8. The output at J7 is the 44MHz second IF which is delivered to mixer 1 to be
converted to the operating channel.
The board also contains the up converter power distribution and provides LED indicators
(Sheet 1) showing the presence of each required voltage.
The correctors on this board are analog response, delay, linearity and phase correctors.
Each corrector is adjusted to precompensate for linear or nonlinear errors occurring in the
transmitter’s high power amplifiers and the linear errors caused by the required FCC mask
filter. Properly adjusted, these correctors establish the nominal operating characteristic of
the whole transmitter.
4.5.4.1
Manual Precorrection or RTAC™ Precorrection?
In this exciter, RTAC™ (Real Time Adaptive Correction) is included to provide automatic
precorrection for the transmitter’s linear errors, which are frequency response and group
delay. RTAC™ correction is capable of fully correcting the transmitter PA output and FCC
mask filter errors.
This means the user has two different sets of correctors for linear errors, the manual precorrectors and the automatic RTAC™ system. The manual correctors include the 10.76 MHZ
Response Corrector, which corrects for the high power FCC mask filter errors, and 44 MHz
Response Corrector, which corrects for the transmitter PA linear errors. When turned on,
the RTAC™ correction will make whatever small adjustments are needed to keep the
correction centered.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-11
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
It is also possible to leave the 10.76 MHZ Response Corrector and 44 MHz Response
Corrector sections turned off, allowing the RTAC™ corrector to fully correct the transmitter’s linear errors.
Experience to date seems to indicate the RTAC™ correction works better if operating
against the full error, rather than when operating with very little error to correct. For that
reason, it is probably best to keep the 10.76 MHZ and 44 MHz Response Correctors
switched off during normal operations, however it might be prudent to adjust these sections
with RTAC™ correction switched off so that they are available in case of need, then switch
them off and engage the RTAC™ correction.
RTAC™ correction operates in the 8VSB modulator tray using a transmitter output sample
processed by the up converter. The correctors in the IF Correction Board are used to
minimize transmitter operating errors and maximize the correction capability of the
RTAC™ corrector.
4.5.4.2
10.76 MHz Response Corrector
Refer to 843-5466-961, Sheet 2.
FCC Mask requirements have forced the inclusion of a high power bandpass filter (the
FCC mask filter) at the output of the transmitter, adding substantial group delay error to the
signal. Manual precorrection of the FCC mask Filter errors is accomplished in the 10.76
MHz Response and Delay corrector.
The three all-pass filter sections contained within the 10.76 MHz Response Corrector
provides for frequency response and group delay precorrection over the 6 MHz bandwidth
of the 10.76 MHz first IF. The corrector can be bypassed via a switch mounted on the
corrector board.
Each all-pass network is based on a bridged T network with a single inductor. By stagger
tuning the three cascaded all-pass networks across the 10.76 MHz IF band, an over all
response and delay corrector is created. Individual adjustment of any section can create a
variety of precorrection shapes. Refer to Figure 4-4.
Figure 4-4 Response and Delay Correction
Page: 4-12
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
4.5.4.3
First Mixer - 10.76 to 44 MHz IF
Refer to 843 5466 961, sheet 2.
2440s400.fm
The 10.76 MHz IF from the 10.76 MHz Response Corrector is converted to a 44MHz IF in
high-level mixer U2, with very low intermodulation products. The mixer also receives the
54.76MHz output from the IF PLL.
The mixer produces two output products, the desired Second IF centered at 44MHz and the
undesired product at 65.52 MHz. A small amount of the 54.76 MHz First LO signal from
the IF PLL is also present at the output.
4.5.4.4
SAW Filter Section
Refer to schematic 843 5466 961, Sheet 3, 44 MHz SAW.
SAW filter FL1 is used to remove the 65.52 MHz mixer image and the 54.76 MHz LO
leakage. Low noise amplifiers U3 and U4 are included on the circuit board to compensate
for the SAW filter loss and to provide isolation and impedance matching.
4.5.4.5
Automatic Gain Control Section
Refer to 843-9466-961, Sheet 4.
The AGC section provides front-panel control of exciter output level and also holds the
exciter output level constant at the level set from the front panel, eliminating any changes
in level due to temperature changes or gain changes in the precorrection circuits which
follow. The AGC receives an output sample from the 1Watt output amplifier and compares
it with the control voltage controlled by the front panel switch.
In the event of a PLL failure, RF output is muted to prevent off-frequency operation. The
host transmitter can also cause the exciter to mute.
A fold back input is also provided to allow the host transmitter’s control system to lower
exciter output when necessary to protect the transmitter.
The power control voltage is generated in U8, a digital potentiometer with memory. U8
retains its memory even during a power outage.
Manual operation of the AGC for servicing or troubleshooting purposes is also possible
and is selectable using jumper JP4 on the board. Set JP4 in the 1-2 position for Manual, 2-3
for Auto.
44 MHz from the SAW filter is applied to U5, which in turn drives U10. Between U5 and
U10 is a PIN diode attenuator controlled by AGC amplifier U6.
The maximum limit to the exciter output power is set by a variable dc reference voltage.
This reference is generated by a temperature stable regulator U6 and divided by R100,
POWER LIMIT. R100 sets the maximum voltage presented to a digital potentiometer U8.
U8 is clocked either up or down by U9. The output of U8 is used as the exciter output
power reference.
In the event of an internal PLL fault or an external mute command, Q5 and Q6 switch the
exciter reference to 0 volts, muting the output from the exciter to prevent off-frequency
operation.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-13
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
U6 compares the exciter reference with a detected RF sample of the actual exciter output
power and drives the voltage controlled attenuator.
The detector in the exciter amplifier is a voltage detector and its output must be squared to
display output power in watts. U11 performs this squaring function and R94, METER CAL
determines the front panel meter drive voltage. R104 is used to zero the meter display when
there is no output.
4.5.4.6
Phase Corrector Section
Refer to 843-5466-961, Sheet 5.
For proper cancellation of IP products generated in the high power amplifier the AM-PM
distortions of the amplifier must be cancelled. The phase corrector in the CD 1A™
provides precorrection of AM-PM with a three breakpoint corrector. Each break point can
provide either positive or negative phase precorrection with individual slope controls. The
corrector can be bypassed via an on board switch. Front panel indication of corrector
bypass is provided via an LED.
RF input is amplified in U14 and split in 90° hybrid HY1. One path flows through an
amplitude corrector. The other path bypasses the corrector and travels through a short delay
line to the output, where the corrected and the uncorrected signals are recombined in 0°
hybrid U15.
As can be seen in Figure 4-5, the two signals combined in U4 are separated in phase by 90°.
Combining the signals in this way produces a phase modulator. Linearity corrections
generated in the corrector path of this board result in phase modulation of the signal. This
corrector can be adjusted to precorrect for incidental carrier phase modulation in the
transmitter.
The detailed circuit description of the corrector path of the phase corrector is the same as
for the Linearity Corrector, described in the following section.
Figure 4-5 Phase Correction Vector Diagram
Page: 4-14
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
4.5.4.7
Linearity Corrector Section
Refer to 843-5466-961 Sheet 6, Linearity Corrector.
2440s400.fm
The linearity corrector in the CD 1A™ provides precorrection of AM-AM with a three
breakpoint corrector. Each break point can provide either positive or negative linearity
precorrection with individual slope controls. The corrector can be bypassed via an on board
switch. Front panel indication of corrector bypass is provided via an LED.
RF input is applied to Q18. Q17 is an emitter follower and provides a low impedance drive
for corrector diodes CR21 and CR22. These diodes are reverse biased by op amp U21. The
actual bias point is set by R232 and is called the threshold. As the bias point is lowered by
R232 a point is reached were CR21 and CR22 begin to conduct.
If JP10 is set to the 1-2 position, this conduction shunts that portion of the RF around R182
and increases the gain of the overall circuit, resulting in an increase in gain at the upper end
of the power range. R205 sets the amount of signal that shunts R182 and is called the slope
control.
If JP10 is set to the 2-3 position, CR21 and CR22 shunt R177, lowering gain and thus
reversing the effect of the slope control.
This same circuit is repeated twice on the linearity corrector to provide three adjustable
threshold/slope breakpoints. The same circuits are also used in the Phase Corrector to
introduce Phase Modulation Precorrection.
S5, when in position 2 to 3, places the bottom of the threshold potentiometers at approximately -0.3 volts, enabling the corrector. CR25 temperature compensates the turn on
voltages of the corrector diodes.
When S1 is switched to position 1 to 2 the threshold potentiometers pull to +15 volts to
prevent the correction diodes from conducting, turning off the linearity correction.
The setup and adjustment of the Linearity corrector board is identical to that of the phase
corrector, however the adjustments on this board are carried out to reduce linearity errors
on the transmitter output.
4.5.4.8
44MHz Response Corrector Section
Refer to 843-5466-961, Sheet 7.
For proper cancellation of both AM-AM and AM-PM IP products created in the high
power amplifier the frequency response and the group delay of the system must be essentially flat. The response corrector provides for fine frequency response and group delay
correction over the IF bandwidth. It provides correction for the transmitter, across the
channel and in the adjacent channels, while the Mask Filter Corrector is used to correct
errors arising in the output Mask Filter, within the channel and at the channel edges.
A three section all pass circuit is used. The corrector can be bypassed via an on board
switch. Front panel indication of corrector status is provided via an LED. By cascading the
three networks and stagger tuning them across the 44 MHz IF band an over all response
and delay corrector is created.
Individual adjustment of any section can create a variety of precorrection shapes. Refer to
Figure 4-4.
The output from the 44MHz Response and Delay Corrector is output from the board at J7.
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-15
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
4.5.4.9
Fault Indicators
Refer to 843-5466-961, Sheet 8.
The five front-panel fault indicators for the up converter Tray are on the front edge of the
IF & Corrector board.
4.5.5
Second Mixer - 44 MHz 2nd IF to Output Frequency
Refer to 843 5466 528, Sheet 2.
To ensure freedom from unwanted spurious products and to obtain the best impedance
match, the 44MHz signal from IF/Corrector board J7 passes through bandpass filter FL3
and attenuator AT1 prior to arriving at the mixer. AT1 is nominally 6dB, but may be
selected to a larger value in some cases.
The 44 MHz IF is converted to the operating channel in a high level low intermodulation
mixer, Mixer 1. Mixer 1 receives the LO signal from the Main PLL, A10.
The Second LO signal from the Main PLL is 44MHz higher than the center of the desired
output channel. The outputs from mixer 1 are the desired channel signal and an undesired
image at 88MHz above the desired channel. A small amount of the Second LO signal may
also be present due to slight mixer imbalance.
4.5.6
A16 - UHF/VHF Band Pass Filter
The type of filter used in A16 depends on the operating channel.
In UHF units, an Interdigital comb-line band pass filter is used to filter out the mixer image
and other unwanted signals.
The filter is implemented on a printed circuit board and is tuned to channel. A choice of
three filter boards is used to cover the UHF band.
In VHF units, a tubular VHF bandpass filter is installed. The VHF filter is not adjustable.
4.5.7
A17 - 1 Watt Amplifier
Refer to 843-5466-841.
The output of A16 is a low level signal. The 1 Watt amplifier provides approximately 50dB
of gain to raise the signal level to 1 Watt peak (250 mW average power). The unit is broad
band and covers the VHF and UHF bands. An on board RF detector provides a DC voltage
to the AGC board for power control and is routed by the AGC board to the front panel
meter to indicate the output power from the amplifier.
RF input is routed from J1 through broad band amplifiers U1, U2 and U3. A printed 0°
splitter drives broadband amplifiers U4 and U5 in parallel. The outputs from these two
amplifiers are combined in U7, a 0° combiner.
Directional coupler DC1 samples the forward power of the amplifier and drives detection
diode CR2. The detection diode is temperature compensated by CR1 in a summing op amp
U6. The output of U6 drives the AGC card and front panel meter.
Page: 4-16
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
Up converter (Upper Tilt-Up Tray)
4.5.8
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
A18 - Down Converter
See 843-5466-411 for the down converter schematic.
2440s400.fm
Referring again to 843-5466-528, it can be seen that the SAMPLE IN connection from the
rear panel is fed to this board, and that an IF output from the board is then fed to the A/D
Converter in the 8VSB tray.
The down converter is part of the adaptive equalization, circuit.
An RF sample from the transmitter system output is brought to J5, SAMPLE IN on the
exciter rear panel, and is fed J1, RF Input on the down converter. The nominal input level
for this sample is 5 dBm. The sample should be adjusted to within 1 dB of this level for
proper operation.
The down converter also receives a Second LO signal at J2 and a First LO signal at J5. In
the down converter, the sample is converted to 44MHz and then to 10.76MHz, placing it
on the same IF frequency delivered from the 8VSB tray.
The output from the down converter at J4 is set to -1.7 dBm. The output is sent to J3 of A7,
the A/D Converter. Here, the signal is sampled and converted to digital form and delivered
to the corrector.
4.5.9
A19 - Metering
The metering board is mounted to the front panel and contains the Power Raise/Lower
toggle switch, the 3-digit LED Power Meter and the LED indicators.
Since each transmitter may require a different drive level, the up converter front panel is
equipped with an exciter output Raise/Lower toggle switch and a 3-digit LED display
showing the current exciter output in milliwatts. This control gives the user the ability to
adjust the transmitter drive level to optimum, and the 3-digit display lets the user know
what drive level is currently being sent to the transmitter.
Maximum output level from the exciter is 250 mW average power, corresponding to an
8VSB peak level of 1 Watt.
Also included in the up converter front panel are these indicators:
• Phase Corrector Bypass
• Linearity Corrector Bypass
• Response Corrector Bypass
• PLL Fault
• RF Mute
06/05/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 4-17
CD-1A™ Exciter
CD 1A™ Exciter Theory
4.6
Power Supply (Lower Subassembly)
Power Supply (Lower Subassembly)
Refer to Drawing 843-5466-528, Sheet 3 for a block diagram of this assembly.
For a physical layout drawing, see 843-5466-895.
The power supply assembly is the bottom of the main exciter tray. It may be tilted down to
gain access when the exciter is pulled forward out of the transmitter. It contains two
regulated power supplies and a Power Supply Interface which distributes the power supply
outputs to other parts of the exciter. The power supply output voltages are:
• +5 Volts
• -5 Volts
• +15 Volts
• -15 Volts
The power supply interface (DWG 843 5466 971) distributes the power supply outputs to
the exciter, routes certain exciter control and communications signals and contains
presence indicators and voltage adjustments for the power supplies. Power supply adjustment information is included in 5.3, Power Supply Voltages.
The power supplies are auto ranging and accept input voltages in the range of 90-270 VAC,
47 to 63 Hz.
The AC input is on the rear of the chassis and is EMI filtered by FL1. Transient protection
from line to line, and line to ground is supplied by metal oxide varistors RV1, RV2, and
RV3.
The input EMI filter, switch and fuse are an integrated assembly mounted on the rear face
of the exciter, to the left as viewed from the front. The location of the AC Power switch
may be seen in Figure 2-1, on page 2-3.
Power Supply 1 is a dual 5 volt power supply with each supply rated for 10 amps output.
Power Supply 2 is a dual 15 volt unit. The positive 15 volt supply is rated for ten amps and
the negative supply is rated for 3.3 amps.
The power supplies are cooled by the blower (B1) which is operated from the +15V supply.
The blower is mounted in the rear face of the main tray and also cools the rest of the
exciter’s electronics.
The outputs of the power supplies are routed through A20, the power supply interface
printed wiring board, to the rear panel. The schematic of this board is 843-5466-971. A20
provides green LED’s to indicate the presence of each DC voltage and a means to trim the
output voltage of each power supply.
Page: 4-18
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
06/05/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Introduction
5
Maintenance
Introduction
2440s500.fm
5.1
This section is a maintenance guide to the CD 1A™ exciter, providing information about
access to the exciter for maintenance, routine alignment procedures and a number of initial
setup procedures.
5.2
Maintenance or Alignment Access
All CD 1A™ circuits can be accessed for maintenance while operating the exciter. The CD
1A™ is mounted in the transmitter on slides, permitting it to be pulled forward out of the
cabinet. (The small handle in the upper front panel can be rotated forward and grasped to
pull the exciter out.)
Once pulled forward, each subassembly is accessed as follows:
5.2.1
Up converter Subassembly
The up converter is the top assembly in the exciter. to access the circuits, use the holes in
the front of the cover to gently pull the cover out, and set aside. All subassemblies and
controls are clearly marked.
Drawing 843-5466-894 illustrates the layout of the up converter section.
5.2.2
8VSB Modulator
The modulator is the central tray in the exciter. There are no operating adjustments in the
modulator tray, which is fully digital. A number of jumpers and switches are provided to
allow the user to configure the modulator for his use.
Section II -Installation describes the proper setting of the jumpers.
To access these circuits, tilt the up converter tray upward and use the latching bar provided
to hold it in the raised position, see Figure 5-1.
Note
Retaining screws are used to fasten the up converter tray to the
8VSB tray during shipment. These must be removed to raise the up
converter tray. They are not needed when the exciter is installed in
the transmitter and need not be reinstalled unless the exciter is to be
shipped.
Drawing 843-5466-893 illustrates the layout of the 8VSB Modulator section.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-1
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
5.2.3
Power Supply Voltages
Power Supply Subassembly
The power supplies are mounted in a bottom assembly which forms the bottom of the
exciter. To access them simply release the spring-loaded latch plunger in the hole in the
bottom plate and lower the subassembly, see Figure 5-1.
Drawing 843-5466-895 illustrates the layout of the power supply section.
The power supplies, PS1 and PS2, are mounted to the front of the tilt-down tray assembly.
A20, the power supply interface board, is mounted to the rear. A20 contains presence
indicator LED’s for all 4 power supply output voltages, and also adjustment pots for all 4
voltages.
Figure 5-1 Exciter in Maintenance Position
5.3
Power Supply Voltages
The regulated power supplies in the bottom tilt-down tray are adjustable and may be
checked on the interface board at the rear of the tray. If a wrong voltage is suspected, check
and adjust using the information listed in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 Exciter Power Supply Voltages
Voltage
+5
-5
+15
-15
Check at
J18-1
J20-2
J22-1
J24-2
Set to
+5.1
-5.0
+15.2
-15.0
Control
R2
R8
R5
R11
Ripple and noise should be less than 300mV p-p.
Page: 5-2
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Symbol Clock Frequency
5.4
Symbol Clock Frequency
2440s500.fm
A1 is the SMPTE 310M & Clock Distribution board. The exciter symbol clock rate,
10.76MHz, is controlled by U6 on A1, a 43.04MHz oscillator. A1 is phase-locked to the
incoming 19.39Mbit data clock.
Over time, it is expected this oscillator will age and will require occasional adjustment. Red
LED DS5 on A1 is provided to indicate when oscillator aging has brought the lock voltage
outside the acceptable range. The phase lock voltage on A1 is monitored by a dual comparator which lights DS5 when the lock voltage has drifted beyond the proper range.
When DS5 lights, the Input Fault light on A1 signals the need for service. Since this is not
a disabling fault, the front-panel INPUT FAULT light does not light.
DS5 would also light if the incoming 19.39MB data stream’s clock rate drifted too far
off-frequency.
For DS5 to be dark and U6 to be operating in the safe range, the control voltage should be
between 1.1V and 3.9V as shown on 843 5466 931.
If DS5 lights, perform the following adjustment:
5.5
1
Apply an input transport stream to the exciter with a data (clock) rate of exactly
19.392,658 MHz.(The rate may be measured using an accurate counter, by observing
TP32 DATA CLK, on the Transport to Transmission board. The rate must be within
+/- 50Hz of the desired rate.) If an input with the correct clock rate causes DS5 to go
dark, the problem may be in the transport stream source.
2
Connect a DC voltmeter to the junction of R11, R12, C35 and CR4.
3
While inputting the source with the clock frequency exactly at 19.392,658MHz, Adjust the oscillator tuning screw to set the DC voltage to exactly 2.5V dc.
4
DS5 should now be dark and the oscillator phase lock should be properly centered.
Transmitter Frequency Measurement
Since the ATSC signal is wide band and noise-like, measurement of the transmitter output
frequency during program transmission may not be possible. Until and unless suitable
equipment becomes available, frequency measurements will need to be taken from the
exciter while not on-air.
The pilot frequency may be directly measured. Switch S1, DATA ON/OFF, on the 8VSB
tray Nyquist Filter board, is provided for this purpose. Turning S1 to the OFF position
removes all transmitted data, leaving only the pilot, which can then be measured using a
suitable frequency counter.
Warning
Do not operate S1 in an exciter which is providing drive to an operating transmitter. Switching S1 to DATA OFF in the exciter driving
an operating transmitter will cause the pilot output to rise sharply
and may cause overloads or even equipment damage.
This measurement may be taken using the alternate exciter in a dual-exciter transmitter, or
by turning the transmitter OFF and observing the exciter output.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-3
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
5.5.1
Transmitter Precorrection
Setting Frequency and Offset
The exciter frequency may be adjusted using R29 on A9, the 10MHz Reference board. The
10 MHz reference signal is used to help determine the frequency of the IF and Main PLLs
(phase lock loop), which control the exciter RF output pilot frequency.
Note
In transmitters using an external 10 MHz reference for precise control of frequency. The external 10 MHz reference is input to A9 and
assumes control of exciter frequency. R29 has no effect until the
external reference is turned off or disconnected.
If it becomes necessary to change the exciter frequency or the offset, Section 7, Frequency
and Offset describes the procedure needed to set the IF PLL and the MAIN PLL.
5.6
Transmitter Precorrection
The CD 1A™ exciter provides manual and automatic precorrection to compensate for
signal distortions which occur in the transmitter’s amplifiers.
RTAC™ (real time adaptive correction), when activated, monitors the transmitter output
signal and precorrects the transmitter for the linear errors (amplitude response and group
delay) to maintain a low EVM at the transmitter output.
Manual precorrection adjustments in the up converter tray are intended to cancel transmitter linear and non-linear (amplifier linearity and phase errors).
The manually adjustable precorrections included in the CD 1A™ exciter up converter are
all included on IF/Correction board A11. They are:
• 10.762 MHz response and delay corrector, which precorrects for group delay and frequency response errors introduced by the transmitter output high power mask filter.
• Phase corrector, which precorrects for unwanted phase modulation in the transmitter
amplifiers.
• Linearity corrector, to precorrects for transmitter amplifier nonlinearities.
• 44 MHz response and delay corrector, to precorrect for frequency response and group
delay errors introduced by the transmitter before the high power mask filter.
Each corrector includes a bypass switch for use during servicing procedures. If any of these
correctors is bypassed, a BYPASS light on the front panel illuminates to show a non-standard condition exists.
When the exciter is installed and set up in the transmitter the correctors are adjusted to
precorrect for the errors due to the transmitter circuits.
Note
Sigma transmitters include nonlinear precorrection circuits (phase
and linearity) in the transmitter PA cabinets. These correctors are
used to correct the PA cabinet. The phase and linearity correctors in
the exciter are bypassed.
Page: 5-4
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
Routine Transmitter Adjustments
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
The 10.76 MHz response and delay corrector is preset to compensate for typical high
power mask filter delay and amplitude response errors, and is then trimmed slightly upon
final installation to compensate for the actual filter installed on the transmitter.
2440s500.fm
Two 10.762 MHz response and delay correctors are used, depending on the type of high
power mask filter employed.
• If the D type mask filter is used, the only corrector needed is the 10.762 MHz corrector which is built into the IF and Corrector board.
• If the sharp tuned mask filter is used, a five pole response and delay corrected is
mounted behind the IF and Corrector board, and the 10.762 MHz corrector on the IF
and Corrector board is not used.
Adjustment procedures for the up converter correction circuits will be described in two
ways; first, the procedures used to fine tune a previously set-up transmitter, then, the
procedure to fully align each corrector following its repair or replacement.
5.7
Routine Transmitter Adjustments
Routine checks and adjustments should be carried out in any transmitter to maintain full
performance. Routine adjustment assumes the transmitter is working and has previously
been aligned. The goal is to make only those adjustments needed, while avoiding changing
any adjustment unnecessarily.
5.7.1
Adjusting the 44 MHz Response and Delay Corrector
The 44 MHz corrector portion of the IF & corrector board consists of three allpass sections.
This corrector is intended to correct for transmitter frequency response and group delay
(linear) errors which occur in the transmitter system prior to the high power mask filter.
These errors are normally very small, so this corrector is usually adjusted for a relatively
flat frequency and delay response. It may be adjusted to correct for a slight response or
delay error, or it may be adjusted to appear transparent.
This adjustment is performed with the 10.76 MHz corrector bypassed, and while observing
a transmitter output sample taken before the FCC mask filter.
03/14/03
1
Operate the transmitter at full intended power for 15 - 30 minutes to ensure the equipment is at operating temperature.
2
If the transmitter uses tuned tube amplifiers, check to be sure the tuning of the amplifier(s) is correct and the amplifier(s) are otherwise correctly adjusted.
3
Set up the HP89441 or Tek RFA300 to monitor the transmitter output. Sample the
transmitter output signal at a point before the transmitter RF Output Mask Filter. Set
the monitoring equipment to observe frequency response and group delay.
4
Begin by bypassing the Phase (S4), Linearity (S5) and Response and Delay correctors
(S1 and S6). Turn RTAC OFF during these adjustments by turning OFF S3-3 on DSP
Controller A6 in the 8VSB Modulator.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-5
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Routine Transmitter Adjustments
5
Turn ON the 44MHz Response and Delay corrector (S6). Make small adjustments in
each of the 6 controls in the 44MHz Response and Delay Corrector. Make the frequency response within the transmitted band as flat as possible using the three amplitude controls, and the group delay as constant as possible across the band using the
three delay controls. There are three sections, each with an Amplitude and a Delay
control, which are listed below and shown in Figure 5-2:
• R258 (AMP); R271 (DELAY) - high end of channel
• R260 (AMP); R273 (DELAY) - center of channel
• R261 (AMP); R275 (DELAY) - low end of channel
6
A
Turning an amplitude control clockwise raises the gain at the section’s resonant frequency.
B
Turning a delay control clockwise lowers the amount of delay at the section’s resonant frequency, but increases the bandwidth of the delay. Turning
the control counter clockwise provides more delay (at the resonant frequency of the section) over a narrower bandwidth.
Do not adjust R269 - GAIN. This is the overall gain control for the 44 MHz corrector.
It should only be adjusted as part of a full setup of the 44 MHz corrector section - see
Section 5.8.3 on page 5-13.
Figure 5-2 44 MHz Response Corrector Adjustment Locations
Page: 5-6
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Routine Transmitter Adjustments
5.7.2
Adjusting Linearity and Phase Correctors
2440s500.fm
Linearity and phase precorrectors are adjusted to precorrect for transmitter system
amplifier nonlinear distortions. Proper adjustment of these correctors also results in
lowering of undesired out-of-band products.
The following process can usually produce a side band improvement of up to 10 dB:
1
Set the monitoring equipment to observe the transmitted spectrum, including the lower and upper adjacent channels. During this adjustment, the monitoring RF sample
should be from a point before the FCC Mask filter.
2
The transmitter should have already been tuned for optimum response and best overall linearity.
3
Turn ON linearity and phase correction.
A
4
4-turn round potentiometers were used in early versions of this exciter. Current versions use rectangular 30-turn pots. The effect on the signal due to
turning any of these controls is quite gradual.
Adjust Linearity Correction for lowest adjacent channel intermodulation product levels. There are three correcting sections each with a threshold control and a slope control, which are listed below and shown in Figure 5-3.
• R232 (threshold); R205 (slope).
• R230 (threshold); R207 (slope).
• R228 (threshold); R206 (slope).
5
Adjust Phase Correction for lowest adjacent channel intermodulation product levels.
There are three correcting sections each with a threshold control and a slope control,
which are listed below and shown in Figure 5-4.
• R172 (threshold); R145 (slope)
• R173 (threshold); R146 (slope)
• R169 (threshold); R147 (slope)
6
03/14/03
Repeat steps 4 and 5 until no further improvement is possible.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-7
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Routine Transmitter Adjustments
Figure 5-3 Linearity Corrector Adjustment Locations
Figure 5-4 Phase Corrector Adjustment Locations
Page: 5-8
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Routine Transmitter Adjustments
5.7.3
Adjusting the 10.76 MHz Response and Delay Corrector
2440s500.fm
If the D Mask filter is used in the transmitter system, the 10.76 MHz response and delay
corrector which is mounted on the IF and Corrector board is used. The controls on this
board allow finer control of the response and greater delay within the channel.
1
Observe the transmitter output from a sample taken from the output side of the high
power output mask filter.
2
Turn on the 10.76MHz Response and Delay Corrector, and turn RTAC off.
3
Adjust the corrector Delay and Amplitude controls for flattest response and flattest
delay. There are three sections. Each section has an Amplitude and a Delay adjustment, listed below and shown in Figure 5-5.
• R28 (AMP); R44 (DELAY) - low end of channel
• R30 (AMP); R45 (DELAY) - Center of channel
• R32 (AMP); R46 (DELAY) - high end of channel
4
A
Turning an amplitude control clockwise raises the gain at the section’s resonant frequency.
B
Turning a delay control clockwise lowers the amount of delay at the section’s resonant frequency, but increases the bandwidth of the delay. Turning
the control counter clockwise provides more delay (at the resonant frequency of the section) over a narrower bandwidth.
Do not adjust R27 - GAIN. This is the overall gain control for the 10.76 MHz corrector section. It should only be adjusted as part of a full setup of the corrector. See Section 5.8.4 on page 5-14.
Delay
Bypass
Switch
Amplitude
R44
R28
R45
R30
R46
R32
R27
IF & Corrector Board
Gain
Figure 5-5 10.76 MHz Response Corrector Adjustment Locations
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-9
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
5.7.4
Routine Transmitter Adjustments
Adjusting the Five Pole 10.76 MHz Response and Delay Corrector
If the Sharp Tuned mask filter is used in the transmitter system, the five pole 10.76 MHz
response and delay corrector is used to precorrect for the group delay and frequency
response of the filter. The 10.762 MHz response and delay corrector, which is part of the
IF and Corrector board, is not used.
1
Observe the transmitter output from a sample taken from the output side of the high
power output mask filter.
2
Turn the five pole corrector on and turn RTAC off.
3
Adjust the corrector delay and amplitude controls for flattest response and flattest delay. Each section (pole) has an Amplitude and a Delay adjustment, listed below and
shown in Figure 5-6.
• R32 (AMP); R33 (DELAY) - low end of channel
• R31 (AMP); R27 (DELAY) • R30 (AMP); R26 (DELAY) - Center of channel
• R29 (AMP); R25 (DELAY) • R28 (AMP); R34 (DELAY) - high end of channel
Figure 5-6 Five Pole Corrector Board Adjustments
Page: 5-10
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
5.7.5
Correctors Which Are Not Used
2440s500.fm
In some transmitters it is not necessary to use all of the exciter up converter correctors.
Those which are not needed can simply be left bypassed, but this causes a Bypass light on
the front panel to be illuminated.
To avoid a constant bypass light - an apparent fault - here are some methods which might
be used to disable a corrector while allowing its bypass switch to be turned IN, turning off
the Bypass LED.
• Linearity and/or Phase corrector: turn all threshold pots fully clockwise. The corrector
is totally inoperative when adjusted this way.
• 44 MHz Response and Delay Corrector: if this section is not used, move the output
cable from J7 (IF OUT) to J15, and set JP12 to the 2-3 position. This completely bypasses the 44 MHz corrector.
• 10.762 MHz corrector on the up converter board: if this section is not used, move the
input cable from J8 (IF input) to J9, and set JP12 to the 1-3 position. This action completely bypasses this corrector.
5.8
Corrector Alignment
The following detailed procedures are to be used with a new board or if it is necessary to
completely readjust the board.
5.8.1
Linearity Corrector
The linearity corrector of the CD 1A™ can be used to compensate a transmitter’s linearity
distortion vs. output power. It consists of a three section corrector.
Each section has a threshold (the level on the power transfer curve where a change in
linearity occurs) and a slope (the amount of change in linearity on the power transfer
curve). Each section can provide either positive or negative linearity correction by setting
a jumper (JP8, JP9 and JP10).
In late-model boards, the slope and threshold pots are rectangular, not round. The third
section (R206, R228, JP9) has been optimized for reversed-control. If one section must be
reversed to obtain proper correction using this version of the board, connect JP9 to the 2-3
position.
To make linearity adjustments, remove the cover to the up converter tray and locate the
linearity corrector section of the IF & Correction Board, see Figure 5-3.
03/14/03
1
Locate bypass switch S5 and set to Bypass. The front panel Linearity Bypass indicator should light.
2
Locate the slope controls R205, R206, R207 and adjust fully CCW (minimum slope).
3
Locate the threshold controls R228, R230 and R232 and adjust fully CW (diodes biased completely out of conduction). These are 4 turn pots.
4
Set JP8, 9 and 10 to positions 1 - 2 (Gain Expand).
5
Set S1 to IN. This should result in no change in the signal.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-11
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
6
5.8.2
Begin linearity adjustment by turning Slope 1 (R205) one turn CW. Next adjust
Threshold 1 (R232) slowly CCW while observing the out of band sidebands.
A
If the side bands decrease, adjust Threshold 1 for lowest overall sideband.
Alternately adjust Slope 1 and Threshold 1 for best over all sidebands.
B
If side bands increase as R228 is turned CCW, move JP3 to position 2 -3.
and repeat the previous procedure.
7
Move to section 2 of the corrector and repeat above procedure with Slope and Threshold 2 (R207 and R230).
8
Move to section 3 of the corrector and repeat above procedure with Slope and Threshold 3 (R206 and R228).
Phase Corrector
The phase corrector of the CD 1A™ can be used to compensate a transmitter’s phase
distortion vs. output power. It consists of a three section corrector.
The Phase Corrector is very similar in design to the Linearity Corrector described
previously.
Note
In late-model boards (slope and threshold pots are rectangular, not
round), the third section (R147, R169, JP6) has been optimized for
reversed-control. If one section must be reversed to obtain proper
correction using this version of the board, connect JP6 to the 2-3
position.
To make phase adjustments remove the cover to the up converter tray and locate the phase
corrector section of the IF & Linearity Corrector, see Figure 5-4.
Page: 5-12
1
Locate bypass switch S4 and set to Bypass. The front panel Phase Corrector Bypass
lamp should light.
2
Locate the slope controls R145, R146, R147 and adjust fully CCW (Minimum slope).
3
Locate the threshold controls R169, R172 and R173 and adjust fully CW (biased fully
off). These are 4 turn pots.
4
Set JP5, 6 and 7 to positions 1 - 2.
5
Set S1 to IN (should not change the signal at this point).
6
Begin phase adjustment by turning Slope 1 (R145) CW 1 turn. Next adjust Threshold
1 (R172) slowly CCW while observing the out of band sidebands.
A
If the side bands decrease, adjust Threshold 1 for lowest overall sidebands.
Alternately adjust Slope 1 and Threshold 1 for best over all sidebands.
B
If side bands increase as R172 is turned CCW, move JP3 to position 2 -3.
and repeat the previous procedure.
7
Move to section 2 of the corrector and repeat above procedure with Slope and Threshold 2 (R146 and R173).
8
Move to section 3 of the corrector and repeat above procedure with Slope and Threshold 3 (R147 and R169).
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
5.8.3
44 MHz Response and Delay Corrector
1
Set the network analyzer as follows:
• Center Frequency at 44MHz
2440s500.fm
• Span at 30MHz
• Dual (split) displays
• Display 1 to measure TRANS FWD(S21, B/R), format to LOG MAG, SCALE
REFERENCE to 1dB/div.
• Display 2 to measure TRANS FWD(S21, B/R), format to DELAY, SCALE
REFERENCE to 10nS/div.
• Markers at 35, 44, and 53MHz.
2
Calibrate the analyzer
3
Connect the RF output of the network analyzer to IF & Corrector test jack J15, and
move JP12 to the 1-3 position to connect J15 to the 44 MHz corrector input.
4
Connect IF output connector (J7) to the analyzer RF input.
5
Switch the corrector to in using S6.
6
Check the response and delay of the corrector board.
7
Response should be flat within 0.2dB from 35 to 53 MHz.
8
Delay should be flat within 5nS from 35 to 53 MHz.
A
9
It should be possible to align any 44 MHz Response Corrector board to meet
these limits. It is critically important that the response and delay are as flat as
possible from 41 to 47 MHz. However, if the board has previously been
aligned to correct the transmitter it may deviate significantly from these limits. It is best to avoid disturbing previously-made adjustments until you are
convinced you need to start over with the initial setup.
If it appears necessary to fully align the corrector, proceed as follows:
10 There are 7 potentiometers on the board. 6 of these controls are shown in Figure 5-2.
Set all of these controls to midrange:
• Amplitude controls R258, R260 and R261.
• Delay controls R9271, R273 and R275.
• R269 is the overall gain control for the 44MHz corrector.
A
Turning an amplitude control clockwise raises the gain at the section’s resonant frequency.
B
Turning a delay control clockwise lowers the amount of delay at the section’s resonant frequency, but increases the bandwidth of the delay. Turning
the control counter clockwise provides more delay (at the resonant frequency of the section) over a narrower bandwidth.
11 Set R273 fully CCW and adjust T5 to set the peak in delay to 44 MHz (turning the
coil CW lowers the frequency). Then return R273 to midrange.
A
Be careful when adjusting T4, T5 or T6, to avoid turning the adjustment all
the way CW. The slug may jam at the CW end, causing you to replace the
coil.
12 Set R271 fully CCW and adjust T4 to set the peak in delay to 35 MHz. Then return
R271 to midrange.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-13
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
13 Set R275 fully CCW and adjust T6 to set the peak in delay at 53 MHz. Then return
R275 to midrange.
14 Adjust R271, R273 and R275 to produce flattest delay.
15 Adjust R258, R259 and R261 to produce flattest frequency response.
• Turning R258 CW lowers the gain at 35 MHz.
• Turning R260 CW lowers the gain at 44 MHz.
• Turning R261 CW lowers the gain to 53 MHz.
16 When response is flat, recheck delay. Repeat the delay and gain adjustments until response is within 0.2 dB and group delay is within 5 ns.
17 Adjust R269 (with S6 in) to produce the same output level when the corrector bypass
switch S6 is switched out and in.
18 Return cables to normal connections and return JP12 to the 1-2 setting.
This places the 44MHz response corrector at its initial settings. Subsequent adjustment is
made to correct for transmitter errors and is described Section 5.7.1 on page 5-5.
5.8.4
10.76 MHz Response & Delay Corrector
If the D Mask filter is used in the transmitter system, the 10.76 MHz response and delay
corrector which is mounted on the IF and Corrector board is used. The following is the
complete alignment procedure for this corrector.
1
Set the network analyzer as follows:
• Center Frequency at 10.76 MHz
• Span at 10MHz
• Dual (split) displays
• Display 1 to measure TRANS FWD(S21, B/R), format to LOG MAG, SCALE
REFERENCE to 1dB/div.
• Display 2 to measure TRANS FWD(S21, B/R), format to DELAY, SCALE
REFERENCE to 50nS/div.
• Markers at 7.76, 10.76, and 13.76MHz.
• Calibrate the analyzer
2
Connect the RF OUT of the network analyzer to IF & Corrector board input J8, and
test connector J9 to the analyzer RF IN. Set jumper JP1 to 2-3.
3
Switch the corrector to in using S1.
4
Check the response and delay of the corrector. It should be very close to the one
shown in Figure 5-7. If it differs substantially and the full transmitter alignment procedure cannot achieve proper response and group delay when the transmitter is monitored after the FCC mask filter, it is possible a full alignment of the 10.76MHz
corrector is needed. Proceed as follows:
5
The 10.76 MHz response and delay corrector has three sections plus an overall gain
control. Each section has an amplitude and a delay adjustment, listed below and
shown in Figure 5-5. Set all of these controls to midrange.
• R28 (amplitude); R44 (delay) - low end of channel
• R30 (amplitude); R45 (delay) - center of channel
Page: 5-14
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
• R32 (amplitude); R46 (delay) - high end of channel
2440s500.fm
• R27 is the overall gain control for the 44 MHz corrector.
A
Turning an amplitude control clockwise raises the gain at the section’s resonant frequency.
B
Turning a delay control clockwise lowers the amount of delay at the section’s resonant frequency, but increases the bandwidth of the delay. Turning
the control counter clockwise provides more delay (at the resonant frequency of the section) over a narrower bandwidth.
6
Set R45 fully CCW and adjust T2 to set the peak in delay to 10.76 MHz. Then, return
R45 to midrange.
7
Set R44 fully CCW and adjust T1 to set the peak in delay 2.25 MHz below 10.76.
Then return R44 to midrange.
8
Set R46 fully CCW and adjust T3 to set the peak in delay 1.75 Mhz above 10.76.
Then return R46 to midrange.
9
Adjust R44, R45 and R46 to produce the delay curve shown in Figure 5-7.
10 Adjust R28, R30 and R32 to produce flattest frequency response.
11 When response is flat, recheck delay. Repeat delay and then response adjustments until the response and group delay are as shown in Figure 5-7.
12 Adjust R27 (with S1 in) to produce the same output level when the corrector bypass
switch S1 is switched out and in.
13 Return cable connections to normal and return JP1 to the 1-2 setting.
This places the 10.76 MHz response corrector at its initial settings. Subsequent adjustment
is made to correct for transmitter errors and is described Section 5.7.3 on page 5-9.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-15
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
Figure 5-7 Response and Delay of 10.76 MHz Response Corrector
Page: 5-16
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
5.8.5
Five Pole 10.76 MHz Response & Delay Corrector
2440s500.fm
If the transmitter system uses a sharp tuned (FCC mask) filter, sometimes referred to as
“cool fuel,” a five pole response and delay corrector is added to compensate for the additional group delay of the sharp tuned filter.
1
Set the network analyzer as follows:
• Center Frequency at 10.76 MHz
• Span at 10 MHz
• Dual (split) displays
• Display 1 to measure TRANS FWD(S21, B/R), format to LOG MAG, SCALE
REFERENCE to 0.5 dB/div.
• Display 2 to measure TRANS FWD(S21, B/R), format to DELAY, SCALE
REFERENCE to 100nS/div.
• Markers at 7.76, 8.76, 10.76, 12.76, and 13.76 MHz.
• Calibrate the analyzer
2
Connect the RF output of the network analyzer to J2, the input of the five pole corrector board, and the 10.762 MHz IF output connector J3 to the analyzer RF input.
3
Switch the corrector to “In” using S1.
4
Check the response and delay of the corrector. It should be very close to the one
shown in Figure 5-8. If it differs substantially and the full transmitter alignment procedure cannot achieve proper response and group delay when the transmitter is monitored after the FCC mask filter, it is possible a full alignment of the five pole corrector
is needed. Proceed as follows:
5
The five pole corrector has five sections. Each section has an operating frequency and
an amplitude, delay, and frequency adjustment, which are listed in Table 5-2.
Table 5-2 Frequencies and controls For five Pole Corrector.
Frequency
Frequency Adjustment
Amplitude Adjustment
Delay Adjustment
Section 1
8.95 MHz
C36
R32
R33
Section 2
9.76 MHz
C35
R31
R27
Section 3
10.76 MHz
C34
R30
R26
Section 4
11.76 MHz
C33
R29
R25
Section 5
12.76 MHz
C32
R28
R34
6
Set all amplitude and delay controls to midrange.
7
Set R33 fully CW and adjust C36 to set the resulting delay peak to 8.095 MHz. Then,
return R33 to midrange.
8
Set R27 fully CW and adjust C35 to set the resulting delay peak to 9.76 MHz. Then,
return R27 to midrange.
9
Set R26 fully CW and adjust C34 to set the resulting delay peak to 10.76 MHz. Then,
return R26 to midrange.
10 Set R25 fully CW and adjust C34 to set the resulting delay peak to 11.76 MHz. Then,
return R26 to midrange.
11 Set R34 fully CW and adjust C34 to set the resulting delay peak to 12.76 MHz. Then,
return R34 to midrange.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-17
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Corrector Alignment
12 Adjust R33, R27, R26, R25, and R34 to produce the delay curve shown in Figure 5-8.
13 Adjust R32, R31, R30, R29, and R28 to produce duplicate the frequency response
curve shown in Figure 5-8.
14 When response is flat, recheck delay. You will need to repeat delay and then response
adjustments until the response and group delay are as shown in Figure 5-8.
15 Return cable connections to normal.
This places the five pole corrector at its initial settings. Subsequent adjustment is made to
correct for transmitter errors and is described elsewhere.
CH1 S21 &M log MAG
CH1 S21 &M delay
0.5 dB/
100 ns/
1
Ref -2.12 dB
4
3
Response
2
2_-2.432 dB
7.76 MHz
5
3_-1.836 dB
8.76 MHz
1_-2.083 dB
10.76 MHz
4_-1.778 dB
12.76 MHz
5_-2.427 dB
13.76 MHz
1
Ref 725 ns
3
Delay
4
5
2
2_ 309 ns
7.76 MHz
3_ 628 ns
8.76 MHz
CENTER 10.762 MHz
1_ 718 ns
10.76 MHz
4_ 646 ns
12.76 MHz
5_ 347 ns
13.76 MHz
SPAN 10.00 MHz
Figure 5-8 FIve Pole Corrector Response and Delay
Page: 5-18
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Setting the Power Limit
5.9
Setting the Power Limit
2440s500.fm
A Power Limit adjustment is provided in the AGC section of the IF & Correction board, to
permit limiting maximum exciter output to a safe value. When the transmitter precorrectors
have been adjusted it is desirable to recheck the power limit setting. Precorrector adjustments can alter the gain through these boards and result in changing the power limit.
To change the setting of the power limit, open the up converter tray and refer to Figure 5-9
for the location of the various AGC and meter calibration adjustments.
1
Adjust R100 fully CCW. This should bring the exciter RF output power down to zero.
2
Hold S3 (raise) on the board, or the front panel raise switch for 30 seconds to bring
the digital power control potentiometer to maximum.
A
3
Adjust R100 CW until the maximum desired output power is achieved.
A
4
When carrying out this adjustment, take care to avoid raising the transmitter
output to an unsafe level or to a level which might result in damage!
Do not set R100 for a maximum power exceeding 1000 mW peak (250 mW
average) power as indicated by the exciter front panel meter.
Use S3 (raise) or S2 (lower) on the board, or the front panel raise/lower rocker switch
to test the exciter RF output range.
A
The exciter should not be able to be raised above the preset maximum. If it
can, reset the output power back down to the maximum using R100.
Continue this process until the exciter output power cannot be raised above
the maximum desired level.
B
Lower the exciter output power to the normal operating level.
The exciter’s maximum output is normally set to a value much lower than 1000 mW peak
power. This is desirable in transmitter installations to prevent an operator from over driving
the transmitter.
JP4 on this section of the board is provided to allow the AGC to be disabled, if necessary,
during maintenance.The jumper should remain in the on position for normal operation.
Warning
Exciter output may rise or drop sharply when JP4 is moved. Do not
move JP4 when the exciter is supplying drive to an on-air transmitter! Severe overdrive might result!
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-19
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Setting the Power Limit
IF & Corrector Board
Figure 5-9 AGC and Power Meter Board Adjustment Locations
5.9.1
Other AGC.Metering Adjustments
The four other controls in the AGC & Power Metering section of this board are set during
factory calibration and will not normally need to be changed thereafter. They are:
• R94 - Meter Cal: Calibrates the exciter front-panel meter to read the peak exciter output power level in mW.
Use the HP power meter, used for transmitter power calibration, to measure the exciter’s average RF output power. Multiply this power reading by four to obtain the peak
power level.
• R104 - Meter Zero: Adjusted to produce a zero output meter reading when there is no
exciter RF output.
The easiest way to temporarily reduce output power to zero is to remove a jumper,
such as JP11 or JP12 on the phase or linearity corrector of the IF & Corrector board.
When the meter has been zeroed, replace the jumper in its original position, normal
position is 1 to 2.
• R106 - RF Present Threshold: This control is set for a typical threshold value of 50%
of the normal exciter output power. When power is above the threshold, the green RF
Present LED (DS5) on the AGC board illuminates and a data low is present at the
UHF remote control connector.
RF Present is used by the exciter switcher to detect an exciter failure and switch to the
alternate exciter.
• R83 - Foldback Level: Normally set to full CW (maximum sensitivity). If the transmitter uses foldback and requires a different setting, the correct setting for R83 can be
found in the transmitter technical manual or in the factory test data.
Page: 5-20
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
RTAC™ Setup
5.10
RTAC™ Setup
RTAC™ can be used to regulate transmitter linear precorrection during operation.
2440s500.fm
An RF sample from the transmitter output must be connected to the exciter’s SAMPLE IN
connector before activating this feature. The control cabinet may have an existing harness
connecting a cabinet RF sample input to the exciter sample inputs. To transport the RF
sample, use a high quality 50 ohm coax such as RG223 or better.
5.10.1 Initial Setup
DIP switch S3 on DSP controller board A6 is used to configure the exciter. Set the 8
sections of S3 as listed in Table 5-3 before proceeding with the installation:
Table 5-3 Exciter Configuration - S3 on DSP Controller Board
Switch Section
S3-1
S3-2
S3-3
S3-4
S3-5
S3-6
S3-7
S3-8
Single Exciter
or Exciter A
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
Exciter B
On
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
Note
If the transmitter is a Sigma™ CD transmitter, equipped with analog control cabinet meters rather than the Graphic User Interface
control cabinet, dual-exciter versions are equipped with a separate
exciter switcher assembly mounted between the exciters. In these
transmitters only, set jumper JP4 on the circuit board inside the exciter switcher to the 2-3 position before proceeding.
1
Power up the exciter and bring the transmitter to rated power output.
A
2
Measure the power level at down converter input J1. Use the HP power meter used
for transmitter power calibration for this measurement.
3
For a single PA cabinet, the desired level is +5dBm +/-1dB. Use pads to keep the
sample level close to +5 dBm.
A
03/14/03
The up converter IF response and delay, linearity, and phase correctors
should be left on to center the RTAC corrector in its operating range.
If multiple PA cabinets are used, the sample level will change with the cabinet configuration. Keep the expected range of variation centered about +5
dBm. The maximum range of signal variation is +/- 5 dB. Use pads as needed to set the input level at J1.
4
Confirm that JP1 and JP2 on the down converter board are set to the 2-3 position.
5
Measure the dc voltage between JP1-1 and JP1-3. Adjust R58 if necessary to produce
0Vdc.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-21
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
RTAC™ Setup
A
The voltage at JP1-3 (to ground) should range between 0 to 0.5 Vdc.
6
Temporarily connect the transmitter RF sample at up converter J5 to a spectrum analyzer. Display the transmitter output spectrum. Check the response and note any deviation from flat response. Return the sample cable to J5.
7
Temporarily connect IF output J4 of the down converter to a spectrum analyzer. The
signal should be an 8VSB IF signal centered on 10.76 MHz and should be slightly
lower than 0dBm.
8
Adjust R32 (Response Equalizer) if necessary to produce a flat frequency response. If
the transmitter sample response observed in step 6 above was not flat, adjust R32 to
duplicate the response of the transmitter sample.
9
Connect the output from J4 to the power meter. Adjust R40 for –1.7dBm (+/- 0.
2dBm).
10 Remove the meter and reconnect W25 to down converter J4.
11 Enable RTAC™ by setting dipswitches S3-3 and S3-4 on the controller board (992
9810 001) to the On position.
12 Using Tektronix RFA300 or HP89440 verify that the transmitter performance does
not exceed 4% for EVM (Error Vector Magnitude) and 27dB for S/N (Signal to
Noise).
A
To avoid erroneous results, this measurement should be made using a sample
from the same point in the RF system used for the RTAC™ sample. This is
easily done by setting S3-4 to on (RTAC™ HOLD) to freeze the correction,
then moving the sample from the exciter to the RFA300 or HP89440.
13 If your transmitter is equipped with two exciters, select the second exciter and perform steps a - l.
5.10.2 Controller Dip Switch Settings
S3, the 8-position configuration DIP switch on the DSP Controller board, controls the
exciter as well as RTAC™ correction. The function of each switch section is listed below.
S3-1 Exciter ID used for Serial Communications
OFF = Exciter ID 1
ON = Exciter ID 3
S3-2 Exciter Mute when Input Fault occurs, (Customer set-up; used by exciter switcher)
OFF = Ignores the loss of input SMPTE 310
ON = If customer wants the transmitter to switch exciters if SMPTE 310 is lost
(Provides the necessary signal to the transmitter’s exciter switch)
S2-3 RTAC™ ON/OFF
OFF = No correction — RTAC™ correction does not modify the exciter signal.
ON = RTAC™ correction is applying precorrection to the signal.
The correction may be continual, or fixed, depending on the setting of S4.
S3-4 RTAC™ RUN/HOLD
ON = RTAC™ precorrection updating continually to optimize transmitter output
(RUN mode).
OFF = RTAC™ precorrection is fixed at the most recent setting (HOLD mode).
S3-5 ESN Default (Used by CDEYE™ option)
S3-6 ESN WRITABLE (Used by the CDEYE™ option)
Page: 5-22
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Technical Assistance
2440s500.fm
S3-7 NOT USED
Normal mode = OFF
S3-8 TEST MODE (Factory or Service use only)
OFF = Runs test code
ON = Bypasses the test code
Normal mode = ON
5.11
Technical Assistance
The procedure above should result in proper RTAC™ operation. If you encounter difficulty, we suggest you first retrace these steps to make sure each has been done correctly.
If a problem persists, contact Harris Customer Service for advice at 217 222 8200.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 5-23
CD-1A™ Exciter
Maintenance
Page: 5-24
Technical Assistance
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
General Troubleshooting
6
Troubleshooting
This section is a troubleshooting guide to the CD 1A™ exciter.
2440s600.fm
The input signal to the exciter is the ATSC transport signal in the SMPTE 310M format. If
the quality of the input signal is suspect, a bitstream analyzer or a known good
SMPTE310M transport signal source should be used to test.
The following paragraphs describe the levels and indicators which may be used to verify
proper operation of a CD 1A™ exciter or to isolate a possible problem in the unit to a
subassembly. Some of the assemblies in the CD 1A™ exciter may not be field-repairable
due to the surface-mount technology used. Once a faulty unit is located, the technician
should consider whether a direct repair on site or a factory repair or exchange is preferable.
6.1
General Troubleshooting
If an exciter problem is exists, first try to narrow the suspect area to a part of the exciter.
1
Is the exciter powered? The output power display on the up converter should be illuminated, showing the peak output in mW. If the front of the exciter is completely
dark, make certain power is applied and the AC power switch is turned on, then check
for output from all 4 regulated power supplies as described in Section 6.2.
2
Is there RF output at the normal level? The exciter output can be set to any level from
0mW to 1000mW. Each transmitter has its’ own unique input drive requirement. If
the normal input to your transmitter is not known, it should fall somewhere in this
range. If there is no output, check through the up converter, using information in Section 6.3.
3
Are there any abnormal LED indications on the front panel? The LED’s on the fronts
of the up converter and the 8VSB Modulator are normally dark. Each is provided to
signal an abnormal condition.:
A
RF MUTE: logic has disabled the exciter’s output.
1.
May be due to PLL FAULT - is this LED also ON?
Go to PLL FAULT below.
B
2.
May be due to a Nyquist board command. Check LED DS4 -MUTE
on A3, the Nyquist board.
3.
May be due to a Correction Controller command. Check DS1
-MUTE on A6, the Correction Controller.
4.
May be due to external mute command. Check your transmitter
control system.
PLL FAULT: a Phase Lock Loop in one of the up converter frequency
sources is out of lock. Check in the up converter tray.
1.
Is there an IF UNLOCK light on the IF PLL? If so, this circuit is out
of lock.
2.
Is one of the UNLOCK lights lit on the MAIN PLL? If so, the problem is there.
Adjustment procedures for the IF PLL and the MAIN PLL are given in Section VII - Frequency and Offset.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 6-1
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
Power Supply
C
CORRECTOR BYPASS (PHASE, LINEARITY, RESPONSE): These indicators signal bypass switches have been set to turn Off each of these correctors on the IF & Corrector board in the up converter.
D
INPUT FAULT: this is a summary fault indicator which signals loss of lock
in the 8VSB Modulator tray.
1.
Check DS6, Input Fault, on the SMPTE-310M and Clock Distribution PWB. This LED indicates one of three conditions:
Loss of input to the exciter. Check DS3, TS LOSS on the board. if lit, check
to see where input has been lost. Loss of input may mean the input data
stream is corrupted.
The fault may be on the Transport to Transmission board. Check for any
fault indicators on that board. (See 6.4.5).
The Symbol clock Out Of Tolerance light is on, indicating the need to set the
symbol clock frequency. See Section 5.4.
Note
The INPUT FAULT light on the SMPTE-310M board may be ON
without causing the front panel INPUT FAULT light to be ON.
This is due to DS5, Symbol Clock Out Of Tolerance. Refer to Section 6.3.4 for a more detailed description of the indicator LED’s on
the SMPTE board.
2.
6.2
Check DS1, MPEG Sync Loss on Transport board A2. If lit, this
LED indicates the transport board is not receiving proper sync
bytes or packet framing from the SMPTE-310M board A1.
Power Supply
The power supply tray must be operating correctly if the 8VSB Modulator and the up
converter are to operate.
The presence of power supply voltages can be checked quickly by either:
• Tilting down the bottom power supply section of the exciter and observing the LED
indicators for the four output voltages on the Power Supply Interface.
• Lifting off the cover of the up converter tray and observing the 4 voltage present
LED’s at the rear of the IF/Correction board.
If all power supply outputs are absent, verify power is applied to the exciter and that the AC
power switch on the rear panel is turned ON. Then, check the two fuses in the AC input
connector. If failed, investigate the cause. Replace only with 10A 250V fuses.
If all 4 lamps are illuminated yet a power supply problem is still suspected, Refer to Section
V for power supply adjustment information.
Page: 6-2
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
8VSB Modulator Tray
6.3
8VSB Modulator Tray
2440s600.fm
The boards in the modulator tray contain advanced digital circuitry and are highly reliable.
If one of these boards is thought to be defective, it in most cases should be repaired by the
Harris factory or replaced.
6.3.1
8VSB Modulator Output
The 8VSB modulator output is the First IF at A5, J4. The modulated signal should be
centered on 10.76 MHz. The 8VSB Modulator Tray output level is checked with a
spectrum analyzer.
• Set the Resolution Bandwidth to 30 kHz.
• Use averaging to minimize the random character of the broadband trace.
The display should appear approximately as shown in Figure 6-1.
1
The output level at 10.76 MHz should be greater than -8dBm and the output should
consist of a broadband signal as shown, centered on 10.76 MHz. The bandwidth at the
-3dB points should be 5.38 MHz.
2
The pilot at 8.07 MHz (the lower -3dB point) should be 9 to 10dB higher than the average level of the signal in the envelope as shown in Figure 6-1.
3
The signal level on the out of band skirts below the pilot frequency and above 13.45
MHz should be at least 45 dB below the average signal level.
Figure 6-1 8VSB Modulator First IF Output Spectrum
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 6-3
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
6.3.2
8VSB Modulator Tray
8VSB Tray Fault Indicators
The front panel of the 8VSB modulator tray contains three status indicators. They are:
• INPUT FAULT (RED) Check for a fault indication on either A1, the SMPTE 310M
& Clock Recovery board, or A2, the Transport to Transmission board, or an input signal problem.
• CORRECTOR FAULT (RED) Check the corrector, A4, or correction controller, A6.
• CORRECTOR BYPASS (YELLOW) Digital adaptive correction is turned on, but is
disabled.
Throughout the exciter, green LED’s are used to indicate normal conditions; yellow to
indicate a nonstandard condition which does not disable the exciter, and red is used to warn
of a serious fault.
6.3.3
8VSB Circuit Boards
Inside the tray, seven circuit boards process the signal:
• A1 - SMPTE 310M & Clock Recovery
• A2 - Transport to Transmission
• A3 - Nyquist Filter
• A4 - Corrector
• A5 - D/A Converter
• A6 - DSP Controller
• A7 - Converter (To be used in adaptive precorrection)
6.3.4
A1 - SMPTE 310M & Clock Recovery
This board conditions the SMPTE 310M input signal to the form of the TTL/CMOS signal
levels required by the Transport to Transmission Conversion board. There are six indicators on the board, to signal the status of the SMPTE 310M input processing circuits:
• DS1 (GREEN) - CARRIER DETECT Carrier Detect. This LED illuminates if an external input transport stream is being received. If external input is lost, the LED goes
dark and the board continues to deliver clock signals to the rest of the exciter based on
the free-running 43MHz VCO.
• DS2 (RED) - PLL UNLOCK/HARMONIC LOCK If the LED is illuminated, no
SMPTE transport data is being received. The LED flickers during operation when
certain data patterns cause a “harmonic lock”. This is normal and represent no problem.
• DS3 (GREEN) - TS LOCK When illuminated, MPEG sync bytes are identified and
MPEG packets are being transmitted.
• DS4 (RED) - TS LOSS Indicates MPEG sync not identified. The input is lost or corrupted. When DS4 illuminates, null packets are transmitted and DS6 (Input Fault)
also illuminates.
• DS5 (RED) - SYMBOL CLK OUT OF TOLERANCE Symbol clock error voltage
alarm, indicating either that the symbol rate of the incoming transport stream is out of
spec and should be checked, or that the oscillator has aged and needs to be adjusted.
(See section V for the adjustment procedure.)
Page: 6-4
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
8VSB Modulator Tray
• DS6 (RED) - INPUT FAULT Summary fault, indicating one of the following:
• Input transport stream has been lost or the symbol clock is out of spec (see DS5).
2440s600.fm
• Some other fault on the SMPTE310M board or the Transport board is causing a
fault, Check for other fault lights to isolate the cause.
• This fault is one of the sources of the front panel INPUT FAULT.
6.3.5
A2 - Transport To Transmission
There are thirteen indicator lights on the transport to transmission board:
• DS1 (RED) - MPEG SYNC LOSS This light indicates the Transport board is not receiving proper sync bytes or packet framing from the SMPTE310M board, A1. This
is one of the lock loss signals which can produce the front-panel INPUT FAULT
light.
• DS2 (RED) - VCCcore The voltage regulator module attached to the transport board
has detected its output voltage is more than 12% out of tolerance. This fault shuts
down the transport board.
• DS3 (RED) - +CDVV LOW The DSP core voltage is more than 6.5% low.
• DS4 (RED) - /RESET The transport board is in Reset and the DSP is idle.
• DS5 (GREEN) - +5V OK The +5Vdc supply to the Transport board is above
4.65Vdc.
• DS6 (GREEN) - FSX0 - Diagnostic LED for the DSP - a confidence counter.
• DS7 (GREEN) - FSR0 - Diagnostic LED for the DSP.
• DS8 (GREEN) - CLKX0 - Diagnostic LED for the DSP.
• DS9 (GREEN) - CLKR0 - Diagnostic LED for the DSP.
• DS10 (GREEN) - SYNC - Sync bit (Not currently used)
The following three indicators are used to show when the transport board buffer is at or
near a limit, which could cause data flow errors.
• DS11 (RED) - FULL - The symbol buffer feeding the Nyquist board is full and new
data is being discarded. This would occur if the Nyquist board had stopped reading
symbol data from the Transport board.
• DS12 (RED) - ALMOST EMPTY - The symbol buffer is nearly empty, a data error
can occur if the buffer empties. The transport board should maintain between 8 symbols and 15 symbols in the buffer.
• DS13 (RED) - EMPTY - The symbol buffer is empty. This would occur if the Transport DSP stops writing symbols to the buffer.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 6-5
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
6.3.6
8VSB Modulator Tray
A3 - Nyquist Filter
The Nyquist Filter board is a highly integrated design. Because of this, its accurate
operation may be difficult to determine.
There are five indicator lights on the board:
• DS1 (RED) - CONFIGURATION - The Nyquist board FPGA (Field Programmable
Gate Array) has failed to configure.
• DS2 (RED) - +5V LOW - The 5Vdc supply to the board is more than 5% low (less
than 4.75Vdc).
• DS3 (RED) - RESET - The Nyquist board is in Reset.
• DS4 (RED) - MUTE - The Nyquist board has caused the exciter to mute.
• DS5 (RED) - DATA OFF - The transmission data has been disabled and only the pilot
is being output from the Nyquist board.
These LED’s are the front-panel 8VSB tray indicators:
• DS6 (YEL) - CORRECTOR BYPASS
• DS7 (RED) - CORRECTOR FAULT
• DS8 (RED) - INPUT FAULT
These LEDs functions are described earlier in 6.4.2.
6.3.7
A4 - Corrector
The corrector board contains a single LED indicator:
• DS1 (GREEN) - Configuration Complete. This LED indicates the board has been
successfully configured. It should normally be ON.
6.3.8
A6 - Correction Controller
The controller has one LED on the board:
• DS1 (RED) - Mute - Indicates the controller has caused the exciter to mute.
6.3.9
A7 - A/D Converter
There are no indicators on this board. If the A/D board does not function correctly, the
adaptive correction (RTAC) will not work.
6.3.10 A5 - D/A Converter Board
There are no indicators on this board. If a problem is suspected:
Page: 6-6
1
Check the board clock at J2 or R15. You should find a 43.04 MHz square wave.
2
Check the DAC output at J4. This should have the 10.76 MHz IF signal, as shown in
Figure 6-1, along with other wideband alias products.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
Up Converter Tray
6.4
Up Converter Tray
The up converter output level is displayed on the front panel meter. Several indicator lights
on the front signal the following:
2440s600.fm
• Phase Corrector Bypass (YELLOW)
• Linearity Corrector Bypass (YELLOW)
• Response Corrector Bypass (YELLOW)
If any of these bypass indicators is lighted, one or more bypass switches are engaged on the
IF/Correction board.
The location of the bypass switches can be found by checking on Figures 5-3, 5-4, 5-5 and
5-6 in the previous section of this book.
• PLL Fault (RED) - Indicates a loss of lock in a phase-locked loop in either the IF
Phase Locked Loop or the UHF PLL board.
There are LED indicators for the individual lock loops on these two boards.
• RF Mute (RED) - Indicates the exciter output is shut down due to loss of proper input
or a PLL fault.
Note
The exciter may be muted by command from the transmitter
through either the UHF or the VHF control connector.
Within the up converter, some circuit boards have other indicator LED’s:
6.4.1
A11 - IF / Correction Board
The IF / Correction board contains all of the IF signal circuits in the up converter, the
front-panel indicator LED’s and the power distribution for the tray. A number of on-board
LED indicators can be checked to confirm correct operation:
Four LED’s confirm the presence of the power supply voltages:
• DS1 = -5V Present (GREEN)
• DS2 = -15V Present (GREEN)
• DS3 = +5V Present (GREEN)
• DS4 = +!5V Present (GREEN)
One indicator on the IF/Correction board confirms the presence of RF output from the
exciter:
• DS5 - RF Output Present (GREEN)
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 6-7
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
6.4.2
Up Converter Tray
A9 -10 MHz Reference Oscillator
The 10 MHz Reference Oscillator has one on-board indicator:
• DS1 - External Reference Input Present (GREEN). This light indicates an external
10MHz reference signal is applied to the board and is controlling the exciter’s frequency.
The module output may be observed on output connectors J3, J4, J5 or J6, with an oscilloscope terminated in 50 ohms.
6.4.3
1
The output level should be 500mV (p-p) minimum.
2
After a 5-minute warm-up, the frequency should be 10 MHz +/- 1 Hz. (Warm-up does
not affect the frequency if an external reference is in use.)
3
If an external frequency 10 MHz reference is to be used with the exciter, the 10 MHz
input to 10 MHz Reference input J2 should be 0 dBm. When the input to J2 is lowered, DS1 should remain lit until the input is below -10 dBm.
A8 - IF Phase Locked Loop
There is one indicator on the IF PLL board:
• DS1 - Phase Locked Loop unlocked (RED)
On the circuit board, jumper JP1 should be set to the 2-3 position for normal operation. The
correct connections of the coaxial jumpers on the board are:
J6
to
J2
(DDS)
J1
to
J5
(54.76MHz)
J9
to
J8
(44MHz)
The following levels can be checked to attempt to isolate a suspected problem:
1
Remove the jumper from J6. Connect J6 to a spectrum analyzer. The signal here
should be 2.69 MHz at a level of -2dBm. Restore the jumper from J2 to J6.
2
Connect J4 (LO Out) to a spectrum analyzer. You should measure 54.76 MHz at a
minimum of 7dBm. Measure the phase noise as follows:
A
Set the center frequency to 54.76 MHz
B
Set the span to 200 kHz.
C
Set the Resolution Bandwidth to 1 kHz.
D
Set the Video Bandwidth to 1 kHz.
E
Set Trace Averaging to 50.
F
Set the peak of the display to a reference level.
G
Measure the level at a 20 kHz offset from 54.76 MHz.
H
Subtract 30 dB from the measured noise level to find the actual noise level in
dBc/Hz.
I
Verify the level (phase noise) in dBc/Hz is lower than -65 dB from the 54.76
MHz signal.
1.
Page: 6-8
The phase noise in dBc/Hz is 30dB lower than it appears to be
when measured with the spectrum analyzer set to 1 kHz resolution
bandwidth.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
Up Converter Tray
6.4.4
A10 - MAIN PLL
There are two on-board indicators on the MAIN PLL:
• DS1 - PLL unlock in Loop 2 (RED), U15 is not locked.
2440s600.fm
• DS2 - PLL unlock in Loop 1 (RED), U17 is not locked.
The on-board coaxial jumpers should be connected as follows for normal operation:
J1
to
J2
(Loop 1 Out)
J3
to
J4
(Loop 2 Out)
J7
to
J8
(U15 Input)
Observe an output from the MAIN PLL with a spectrum analyzer. The output level should
be approximately +8dBm.
Use the following procedure to check the phase noise from the board:
1
Set the center frequency to the desired LO frequency.
2
Set the span to 100 kHz.
3
Set the Resolution Bandwidth to 1 kHz.
4
Set the Video Bandwidth to 1 kHz.
5
Set Trace Averaging to 100.
6
Set the peak of the display to a reference level.
7
Measure the level at a 20 kHz offset from the LO.
8
Subtract 30 dB from the measured noise level to find the actual noise level in dBc/Hz.
9
Verify the level (phase noise) is lower than -65 dB from the LO.
A
03/14/03
The phase noise in dBc/Hz is 30dB lower than it appears to be when measured with the spectrum analyzer set to 1 kHz resolution bandwidth.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 6-9
CD-1A™ Exciter
Troubleshooting
Page: 6-10
Up Converter Tray
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
Introduction
7
Frequency and Offset
2440s700.fm
7.1
Introduction
The operating frequency of the Harris CD 1A™ exciter is set in the factory before the unit
is shipped to a customer. If it becomes necessary to change an exciter’s operating channel
or to shift the frequency due to an offset requirement, this section of the technical manual
describes the method to be used.
Note
A9, the 10 MHz Reference Oscillator, is the frequency source for
both PLL modules and sets the frequency for the exciter. A9 may
also be locked to an external frequency source. Section 5.5, Transmitter Frequency Measurement, describes the procedure used to
measure the exciter’s frequency and adjust A9.
The UHF/VHF PLL is used to set the exciter to the desired channel center frequency. This
is a coarse frequency setting, which can set the center channel frequency to the nearest
MHz. The IF PLL is used to set the exact pilot frequency (including any required offsets)
within the desired channel.
The exciter’s operating frequency is established by adjusting A8, the IF PLL, to place the
exciter second IF at 44 MHz. A10, the UHF/VHF PLL, is then set to shift this IF signal to
the desired channel. Refer to Drawing 843 5466 891 for the locations of these modules.
Any offset to the transmitter’s frequency is accomplished by setting A8 to shift the second
IF frequency by the required amount. A8’s output can be offset by as little as a millihertz.
This makes possible extremely precise setting of the offset.
7.2
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
The standard (no offset) IF local oscillator frequency is approximately 54.76 MHz. The
exact frequency is 44 MHz higher than the 8.069 MHz pilot frequency of the first IF,
canceling any frequency error which might result from frequency drift of the incoming
transport stream.
There is no measurable frequency component at the center of the ATSC 8VSB channel.
The ATSC pilot is the only measurable frequency reference in an ATSC signal.
If no offset is applied, the pilot is located 2.69055944058 MHz below the channel center
frequency and 0.3094405594 MHz above the lower channel edge. This normal pilot
frequency may be offset by a precise amount to reduce potential interference.
S1, S2, S3 and S4 control the DDS (Direct Digital Synthesis) CW frequency generating
circuit which sets the fine frequency to mHz (millihertz) accuracy.
S5 and S6 control the main IF PLL loop and provide coarse frequency setting for the board.
They are set to produce a nominal 54.76 MHz output from A8. Set S5 and S6 according to
Table 7-1. Locations of the switches are shown in Figure 7-1.
Note
When setting any of the DIP switches on either PLL board, an OFF
produces a “1", and an ON produces a “0”.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 7-1
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
As shown in Table 7-1, three versions of the IF PLL board exist. The various versions of
the boards are indicated by the board number and the revision (Rev) level. The board
number and revision level are located on the circuit board above switches S1 through S4.
The settings for S5 and S6 are the same for boards 992-9728-001 and 992-9511-300 Rev B
and higher. The settings for 992-9511-300 Rev A are opposite to that of the other two
boards.
Table 7-1 Main IF PLL Coarse Frequency Switch Settings
Switch S5
Number and switch settings for boards
992-9728-001 and 992-9511-300 Rev B
and higher
Number and switch settings for board
992-9511-300 Rev A
1
0
on
2
0
on
3
1
off
4
0
on
5
1
off
6
0
on
7
1
off
8
0
on
1
off
1
off
0
on
1
off
0
on
1
off
0
on
1
off
Switch S6
Number and switch settings for boards
992-9728-001 and 992-9511-300 Rev B
and higher
Number and switch settings for board
992-9511-300 Rev A
1
1
off
2
0
on
3
0
on
4
1
off
5
0
on
6
0
on
7
0
on
8
0
on
0
on
1
off
1
off
0
on
1
off
1
off
1
off
1
off
Figure 7-1 IF PLL Board Switch Locations
Page: 7-2
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
7.2.1
DDS Setting for No-Offset operation
2440s700.fm
The DDS frequency is equal to the difference between the channel center frequency and the
pilot frequency. If no offset is required, the DDS frequency should be 2.69055944058
MHz. Set the IF PLL board switches S1 through S4 according to the instructions in Table
7-2.
F DDS = F CC – F P
Where: FDDS = The DDS frequency in MHz
FCC = center channel frequency in MHz
FP = pilot frequency in MHz.
Table 7-2 IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with no offset)
Switch S1
Number
Set to
1
0
on
2
1
off
3
0
on
4
0
on
5
0
on
6
1
off
7
0
on
8
0
on
Switch S2
Number
Set to
1
1
off
2
1
off
3
1
off
4
0
on
5
0
on
6
0
on
7
0
on
8
0
on
Switch S3
Number
Set to
1
1
off
2
1
off
3
0
on
4
1
off
5
1
off
6
0
on
7
0
on
8
1
off
Switch S4
Number
Set to:
1
1
off
2
0
on
3
1
off
4
1
off
5
0
on
6
0
on
7
0
on
8
0
on
A CD-1A™ exciter which has the IF PLL switches set as shown above should center the
second IF at exactly 44 MHz.
Note
In the 44 MHz second IF of the exciter, the frequencies are inverted, with the pilot at the upper edge of the bandpass. The pilot frequency in the second IF should be 46.69055944 MHz.
7.2.2
Offset Pilot Frequency Operation
Many DTV stations will need to use an offset pilot frequency to minimize interference
from or to another TV station, on the same channel or on an adjacent channel. Examples of
channel assignments which can call for use of an offset are:
• A Co-Channel DTV transmitter with an area of signal overlap.
• A Co-Channel NTSC transmitter with signal area overlap.
• An NTSC transmitter on the Lower Adjacent channel (the channel below and adjacent to the DTV channel) with signal area overlap.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 7-3
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
Note
Frequency offsetting is used to place an interfering signal at a frequency where the interference will be less visible, or where it will
have a lessened effect. Many NTSC stations are assigned +10 or
-10 kHz offsets for this purpose.
Frequency offset in the CD 1A™ exciter is accomplished by changing the DDS frequency,
which is accomplished by changing the settings of IF PLL switches S1, S2, S3 and S4.
Changing the DDS frequency shifts the IF PLL output in the same direction by the same
amount, which changes the 2nd IF (44 MHz) frequency in the same direction by that same
amount, and this in turn shifts the exciter output frequency in the opposite direction by the
same amount.
• The DDS frequency is lowered to raise the exciter output frequency
• The DDS frequency is raised to lower the exciter output frequency.
Note
These calculations require greater precision than can be found in
most pocket calculators. Use a Windows™ calculator or a spreadsheet such as Excel or 123.
A very useful way to verify that your calculations are precise enough and are correct is to
perform the DDS frequency calculation with no offset.
FDDS no offset = 2.69055944058 MHz
32
2.69055944 × 2
N d = ------------------------------------------ = 1155586480
10
Nd is then converted to binary number: Nb = 01000100 11100000 11011001 10110000
This result becomes the settings of S1, S2, S3 and S4 as shown in Table 7-2 on page 3.
7.2.2.1
DTV transmitters with Lower-Adjacent NTSC
The FCC has provided for this difficulty by coding a number of DTV channels in the Table
of Assignments with the letter “c” (73.662, Paragraph b). These stations have a lower
adjacent NTSC transmitter within 88 km of the DTV transmitter site.
Any DTV station with a lower adjacent channel NTSC transmitter within 88 km must use
a specified offset frequency for its pilot. (In some cases, DTV stations may also need to
provide this protection for LPTV stations.) Check current FCC Rules and your authorization before applying this offset.
The frequency offset must place the DTV pilot frequency 5.082138 MHz +/-3 Hz higher
than the NTSC Visual Carrier frequency. Since the frequency tolerance of the offset is +/3 Hz, it is essential that both stations use precise frequency control.
Note
This pilot frequency offset will also require special tuning of the
high-power mask filter used at the transmitter output. It is important
to specify the intended offset precisely when the transmitter and the
mask filter are ordered to avoid mask filter rework costs.
Page: 7-4
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
7.2.2.1.1
Possible NTSC Frequency Offsets
2440s700.fm
This is particularly important since the NTSC stations may have a +/-10 kHz offset to
minimize NTSC to NTSC co-channel interference within their grade B signal overlap
zones. To further minimize the overlap interference, the offset NTSC stations may have
their visual carriers precisely controlled to a specific frequency, such as 10010 Hz or
10,489.51 Hz above or below the non-offset NTSC station.
7.2.2.1.2
Offset Calculation Procedure
Since the DTV pilot frequency is based on the NTSC visual carrier frequency, and the
tolerance is +/-3 Hz, any pilot frequency calculation for this situation must start with the
Visual carrier frequency of the NTSC station. The following procedure can be used.
1
Determine the exact visual carrier frequency (FV) for the NTSC transmitter.
2
Calculate the offset pilot frequency (FPO) using the following formula.
F PO = F V + 5.082138 MHz
3
Calculate the DDS frequency (FDDS) required for the offset pilot using the following
formula:
F DDS = F CC – F PO
Where: FCC = the DTV channel center frequency.
4
Calculate a decimal offset number, Nd, as follows:
32
F DDS MHz × 2
N d = ----------------------------------------10
5
Convert the decimal offset number to a 32 bit binary number, Nb, which is separated
into four 8-bit binary words.
A
S1 is set using the high-order (first) 8-bit word.
B
S2 is set using the next 8-bit word.
C
S3 is set using the third 8-bit word.
D
S4 is set using the low order (last) 8-bit word.
Note
These calculations require greater precision than can be found in
most pocket calculators. Use a Windows™ calculator or a spreadsheet such as Excel or 123.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 7-5
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
Example:
A channel 38 DTV transmitter has a lower adjacent channel 37 NTSC transmitter within
88 km. To determine its required offset pilot frequency, the following procedure will be
used.
1
The exact visual carrier frequency (FV) is 609.25 MHz
2
The offset pilot frequency (FPO) is:
F PO = F V + 5.082138 = 609.25 + 5.082138 = 614.332138MHz
3
The DDS frequency (FDDS) is:
F DDS = F CC – F PO = 617 – 614.332138 = 2.667862MHz
Where: FCC = the DTV channel center frequency.
4
The decimal offset number, Nd, is:
32
32
F DDS MHz × 2
2.667862 × 2
N d = ----------------------------------------- = ------------------------------------ = 1145838004
10
10
5
Convert the decimal offset number to a 32 bit binary number, Nb, which is separated
into four 8-bit binary words.
Nd = 01000100010011000001100110110100
Nd = 01000100 01001100 00011001 10110100
A
S1 is set using the high-order (first) 8-bit word.
B
S2 is set using the next 8-bit word.
C
S3 is set using the third 8-bit word.
D
S4 is set using the low order (last) 8-bit word.
This calculation produces the following switch settings listed inTable 7-4
:
Table 7-3 IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with -22697 Hz offset)
Switch S1
Number
1
0
2
1
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
1
7
0
8
0
Switch S2
Number
1
0
2
1
3
0
4
0
5
1
6
1
7
0
8
0
Switch S3
Number
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
1
5
1
6
0
7
0
8
1
Switch S4
Number
1
1
2
0
3
1
4
1
5
0
6
1
7
0
8
0
Note: Setting a DIP switch to OFF produces a “1", and ON produces a “0”.
Page: 7-6
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
7.2.2.2
Co-Channel DTV Transmitters
2440s700.fm
When Co-Channel DTV transmitters need to improve reception in a signal overlap area,
interference rejection in receivers might be improved if one transmitter were offset in
frequency by 1.5 times the DTV segment frequency (12.9353819 kHz), which equals
19.403 kHz.
Both transmitters must be held to within +/- 10 Hz.
Note
This offset will also require special tuning of the high-power mask
filter used at the transmitter output. It is important to specify the intended offset precisely when the transmitter and the mask filter are
ordered, to avoid mask filter rework costs.
This offset, although specified by the ATSC, has not currently been specifically authorized
by the FCC. Since it offsets the DTV pilot more than 1 kHz, special FCC permission may
be required before proceeding.
7.2.2.2.1
Offset Calculation
If the pilot of one transmitter is to be raised in frequency by 19.403 kHz, the no-offset DDS
frequency must be lowered by 19.403 kHz (0.019403 MHz), as shown in the procedure
below.
1
Calculate the DDS frequency (FDDS) required for the pilot frequency offset using the
formula below:
F DDS = F DDS
no offset
– F offset
= 2.6905594 – 0.019493
= 2.6711564MHz
Where: FDDS = The DDS frequency required to produce the desired pilot offset.
FDDS no offset = The DDS frequency for a pilot without an offset.
2
Calculate a decimal offset number (Nd) as follows:
32
2.6711564 × 2
N d = --------------------------------------- = 1147252955
10
Where: Nd = A calculated number. When converted to binary it is used to program switches S1 through S4.
3
Convert the decimal offset number to a 32 bit binary number, Nb, which is separated
into four 8-bit binary words.
Nd = 01000100011000011011000011011011
Nd = 01000100 01100001 10110000 11011011
03/14/03
A
S1 is set using the high-order (first) 8-bit word.
B
S2 is set using the next 8-bit word.
C
S3 is set using the third 8-bit word.
D
S4 is set using the low order (last) 8-bit word.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 7-7
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
Note
These calculations require greater precision than can be found in
most pocket calculators. Use a Windows™ calculator or a spreadsheet such as Excel or 123.
This calculation produces the following switch settings listed inTable 7-4.
Table 7-4 IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with -19.403 kHz offset)
Switch S1
Number
1
0
2
1
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
1
7
0
8
0
Switch S2
Number
1
0
2
1
3
1
4
0
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
1
Switch S3
Number
1
1
2
0
3
1
4
1
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
Switch S4
Number
1
1
2
1
3
0
4
1
5
1
6
0
7
1
8
1
Note: Setting a DIP switch to OFF produces a “1", and ON produces a “0”.
To find the pilot frequency (FP) produced by these switch settings, simply subtract the
DDS frequency (FDDS) from the center frequency of the channel (FCC). Example:
Channel 38 Center = 617 MHz
FP = FCC - FDDS
FP = 617 - 2.67115644058 MHz = 614.32884355942 MHz
7.2.2.3
Co-Channel DTV and NTSC Transmitters
When there is signal overlap between an NTSC and a DTV transmitter on the same
channel, any interference to the NTSC signal by the DTV signal would appear as noise, or
snow, and would, in most cases, not be the major problem caused by signal overlap. The
NTSC signal however, if strong enough, could disrupt DTV reception.
DTV receivers contain a switchable comb filter designed to reduce the strength of both
NTSC carriers and the NTSC color subcarrier. To optimize the effect of the filter the DTV
pilot frequency should be shifted to place the NTSC visual carrier near the null in the filter.
The ATSC recommendation is to place the DTV pilot frequency 0.911944 MHz +/-1 Hz
lower than the NTSC Visual Carrier frequency. Since the frequency tolerance of the offset
is +/- 1 Hz, it is essential that both stations use precise frequency control.
This offset would place the DTV pilot well beyond the 1 kHz tolerance for the channel
frequency. FCC approval may be needed in order to use this offset technique.
Page: 7-8
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
Note
2440s700.fm
This pilot frequency offset will also require special tuning of the
high-power mask filter used at the transmitter output. It is important
to specify the intended offset precisely when the transmitter and the
mask filter are ordered to avoid mask filter rework costs.
7.2.2.3.1
Possible NTSC Frequency Offsets
This is particularly important since the NTSC stations may have a +/-10 kHz offset to
minimize NTSC to NTSC co-channel interference within their grade B signal overlap
zones. To further minimize the overlap interference, the offset NTSC stations may have
their visual carriers precisely controlled to a specific frequency, such as 10010 Hz or
10,489.51 Hz above or below the non-offset NTSC station.
7.2.2.3.2
Offset Calculation Procedure
1
Determine the exact visual carrier frequency (FV) for the NTSC transmitter.
2
Calculate the offset pilot frequency (FPO) using the following formula.
F PO = F V – 0.911944MHz
3
Calculate the DDS frequency (FDDS) required for the offset pilot using the following
formula:
F DDS = F CC – F PO
Where: FCC = the DTV channel center frequency.
4
Calculate a decimal offset number (Nd) as follows:
32
F DDS MHz × 2
N d = ----------------------------------------10
5
Convert the decimal offset number to a 32 bit binary number, Nb, which is separated
into four 8-bit binary words.
A
S1 is set using the high-order (first) 8-bit word.
B
S2 is set using the next 8-bit word.
C
S3 is set using the third 8-bit word.
D
S4 is set using the low order (last) 8-bit word.
Note
These calculations require greater precision than can be found in
most pocket calculators. Use a Windows™ calculator or a spreadsheet such as Excel or 123.
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 7-9
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
IF Phase Locked Loop Adjustment
Example:
A channel 38 DTV transmitter is experiencing interference from a co-channel NTSC transmitter. To determine its required pilot frequency offset (necessary to minimize the
interference), the following procedure will be used.
1
The exact visual carrier frequency (FV) for the NTSC is 615.25 MHz.
2
The offset pilot frequency (FPO) is:
F PO = F V – 0.911944 = 615.25 – 0.911944 = 614.338056MHz
3
The DDS frequency (FDDS) required for the offset pilot is:
F DDS = F CC – F PO = 617 – 614.338056 = 2.661944MHz
Where: FCC = the DTV channel center frequency.
4
Calculate a decimal offset number (Nd) as follows:
32
32
F DDS MHz × 2
2.661944 × 2
N d = ----------------------------------------- = ------------------------------------ = 1143296242
10
10
5
Convert the decimal offset number to a 32 bit binary number, Nb, which is separated
into four 8-bit binary words.
Nd = 01000100001001010101000011110010
Nd = 01000100 00100101 01010000 11110010
A
S1 is set using the high-order (first) 8-bit word.
B
S2 is set using the next 8-bit word.
C
S3 is set using the third 8-bit word.
D
S4 is set using the low order (last) 8-bit word.
This calculation produces the following switch settings listed in Table 7-5.
Table 7-5 IF PLL DDS (Fine Frequency Switch Settings, with -911944 Hz offset)
Switch S1
Number
1
0
2
1
3
0
4
0
5
0
6
1
7
0
8
0
Switch S2
Number
1
0
2
0
3
1
4
0
5
0
6
1
7
0
8
1
Switch S3
Number
1
0
2
1
3
0
4
1
5
0
6
0
7
0
8
0
Switch S4
Number
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
0
6
0
7
1
8
0
Note: Setting a DIP switch to OFF produces a “1", and ON produces a “0”.
Page: 7-10
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
UHF/VHF PLL
7.3
UHF/VHF PLL
2440s700.fm
The UHF/VHF PLL produces the second local oscillator (LO) signal used to shift the 44
MHz Second IF to the output channel frequency. S1, S2, S3 and S4 on the UHF/VHF PLL
board are used to select the frequency. Refer to Figure 7-2 to locate the switches on the
VHU/UHV PLL board.
Refer to Table 7-7 to find the binary number for each switch. When setting these switches
to select the proper channel output, setting a switch section ON sends a binary “0"; setting
the switch to OFF sends a binary “1”. Thus, for channel 14, S1 on the UHF/VHF PLL
would be set as shown in Table 7-6.
Table 7-6 VHF/UHF PLL Switch S1 Setting for CHannel 14
Switch S1
Number
1
1
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
1
6
0
7
0
8
1
Note 1: Setting a DIP switch to OFF produces a “1", and ON produces a “0”.
Note 2: S2, S3 and S4 would be set in similar manner, to the values given in Table 7-7
If the channel selection is changed, the High and Low frequency limits must be reset using
the following procedure.
Figure 7-2 VHF/UHF PLL Board Switch Locations
03/14/03
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Page: 7-11
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
7.3.1
UHF/VHF PLL
Setting the High and Low Frequency Limits
If the output channel is changed, R37 (High Frequency Limit) and R51 (Low Frequency
Limit) should be reset using the following procedure, see Figure 7-2 to locate the two
adjustments.
1
Turn R37 full CW (Clockwise). Turn R51 fully CCW (Counter clockwise).
2
Connect a spectrum analyzer to J5 (LO Out) and set the analyzer to a center frequency
of 680 MHz and a span of 500MHz.
3
If DS2 is dark, indicating U17 is locked, proceed to step d. If DS2 is illuminated,
check the frequency of the PLL output. When U17 is unlocked, the frequency is either
above or below the frequency you have selected with S1 - S4.
4
5
A
If the frequency is low, adjust R51 slowly CW until lock is acquired (DS2 is
dark).
B
If the frequency is high, slowly adjust R37 CCW until lock is acquired (DS2
is dark).
With U17 locked (DS2 should be dark), perform the following two steps to ensure reliable lockup over the full operating temperature range:
A
Observe pin 2 of U11 with an accurate VOM. Adjust R37 (upper limit) for
-0.25V.
B
Observe pin 6 of U11. Adjust R51 (lower limit) for +0.25V.
Turn exciter power off briefly and then on to verify the VHF/UHF PLL locks.
Note
If the exciter is moved to another UHF channel, UHF Band Pass
Filter A16 and UHF PLL Filter A22 must be retuned (UHF channels only). Contact Harris field service for assistance. If moved to a
VHF channel, new filters for the desired channel must be installed.
Table 7-7 VHF/UHF PLL Switch Settings (S1 Through S4)
Channel
LO
Loop 1
2
3
4
5
6
101
107
113
123
129
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
221
227
233
239
245
251
257
Page: 7-12
S2
12345678
10010000
10010000
10010000
10010000
10010000
Loop 2
90
95
100
110
115
S1
12345678
10001000
10000100
10001100
10001010
10000110
11
12
13
13
14
S3
12345678
10010101
10011101
10010011
10010011
10011011
S4
12345678
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
210
215
220
225
230
240
245
10001001
10000101
10001101
10000011
10001011
10001111
10000000
01010000
01010000
01010000
01010000
01010000
01010000
11010000
11
12
13
14
15
11
12
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10010111
10010101
10011101
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
03/14/03
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
UHF/VHF PLL
2440s700.fm
Table 7-7 VHF/UHF PLL Switch Settings (S1 Through S4)
Channel
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
03/14/03
LO
517
523
529
535
541
547
553
559
565
571
577
583
589
595
601
607
613
619
625
631
637
643
649
655
661
667
673
679
685
691
697
703
709
715
721
727
733
739
745
751
757
763
769
775
Loop 1
505
510
515
525
530
535
540
545
555
560
565
570
575
585
590
595
600
605
615
620
625
630
635
645
650
655
660
665
675
680
685
690
695
705
710
715
720
725
735
740
745
750
755
765
S1
10001001
10001001
10001001
10001001
10001001
10001001
10001001
10001001
10000101
10000101
10000101
10000101
10000101
10000101
10000101
10000101
10001101
10001101
10001101
10001101
10001101
10001101
10001101
10001101
10000011
10000011
10000011
10000011
10000011
10000011
10000011
10000011
10000011
10001011
10001011
10001011
10001011
10001011
10001011
10001011
10001011
10000111
10000111
10000111
S2
00001000
00000100
00001100
00001010
00000110
00001110
00000001
00001001
00001000
00000100
00001100
00000010
00001010
00001110
00000001
00001001
00000000
00001000
00001100
00000010
00001010
00000110
00001110
00001001
00000000
00001000
00000100
00001100
00001010
00000110
00001110
00000001
00001001
00001000
00000100
00001100
00000010
00001010
00001110
00000001
00001001
00000000
00001000
00001100
Loop 2
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
S3
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
S4
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
Page: 7-13
CD-1A™ Exciter
Frequency and Offset
UHF/VHF PLL
Table 7-7 VHF/UHF PLL Switch Settings (S1 Through S4)
Channel
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
Page: 7-14
LO
781
787
783
799
805
811
817
823
829
835
841
847
Loop 1
770
775
780
785
795
800
805
810
815
825
830
835
S1
10000111
10000111
10000111
10000111
10000111
10001111
10001111
10001111
10001111
10001111
10001111
10001111
S2
00000010
00001010
00000101
00001110
00001001
00000000
00001000
00000100
00001100
00001010
00000110
00001110
Loop 2
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
13
14
10
11
12
S3
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
10010011
10011011
10011001
10010101
10011101
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
S4
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
00010000
03/14/03
Section VIII
Parts List
Replaceable Parts List Index
Table 8-1.
Table 8-2.
Table 8-3.
Table 8-4.
Table 8-5.
Table 8-6.
Table 8-7.
Table 8-8.
Table 8-9.
Table 8-10.
Table 8-11.
Table 8-12.
Table 8-13.
Table 8-14.
Table 8-15.
Table 8-16.
Table 8-17.
Table 8-18.
Table 8-19.
Table 8-20.
Table 8-21.
Table 8-22.
Table 8-23.
Table 8-24.
Table 8-25.
Table 8-26.
Table 8-27.
Table 8-28.
Table 8-29.
Table 8-30.
Table 8-31.
Table 8-32.
Table 8-33.
Table 8-34.
Table 8-35.
Table 8-36.
Table 8-37.
Table 8-38.
Table 8-39.
Table 8-40.
Table 8-41.
Table 8-42.
Table 8-43.
Table 8-44.
Table 8-45.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
EXCITER, CD-1A, . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, LINEAR CORRECTOR . . . . . . . .
PWA, LINEAR CORRECTOR . . . . .
PWA, LINEAR CORRECTOR, SMT
KIT, UHF, CH 14-34 . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER UHF BANDPASS CH 14-34 . .
KIT, UHF, CH 35-69 . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER UHF BANDPASS CH 35-69 . .
KIT, VHF, CH-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER, VHF LOW BAND, DTV LO . .
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6 . . . .
*PWA; BASIC PWB ASSY MAIN PLL .
PWB ASSY MAIN PLL SMT . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO . .
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13 . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KIT, VHF, CH-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 14-42 . .
PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 43-69 . .
EXCITER, BASIC, CD-1A . . . . . . . . . .
PWA, IF PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PWA IF PLL SMT . . . . . . . . . . . .
PWA, D/A CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . .
*PWA, D/A, SMT . . . . . . . . . . .
PWA, A/D CONVERTER . . . . . . . . . .
*PWA, A/D, SMT . . . . . . . . . . .
PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE . . . . . . . .
*PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE, SMT . .
PWA, DOWNCONVERTER,EXCITER,DTV
*PWA, DOWN CONVERTER, SMT . .
PWA, CORRECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . .
*PWA, CORRECTOR, SMT . . . . . .
PWA, DSP CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . .
*PWA, CORRECTION CTLR, SMT . .
PWA, SMPTE 310 INTERFACE . . . . . .
*PWA, SMPTE INTERFACE, SMT . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
994 9785 010
917 2416 157
994 9785 119
994 9785 120
917 2462 228
992 9769 002
917 2462 229
992 9769 003
917 2462 230
992 7144 001
992 9940 041
992 9511 319
992 9511 320
917 2462 231
917 2462 232
917 2462 233
917 2462 234
917 2462 235
992 7144 002
992 9940 051
917 2462 236
917 2462 237
917 2462 238
917 2462 239
917 2462 240
917 2462 241
992 9940 061
992 9940 071
992 9943 010
992 9511 300
992 9511 301
992 9556 002
992 9556 005
992 9556 003
992 9556 004
992 9723 001
992 9723 002
992 9787 001
992 9787 002
992 9809 010
992 9809 011
992 9810 001
992 9810 002
992 9933 003
992 9933 004
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-3
8-3
8-3
8-4
8-4
8-4
8-5
8-5
8-5
8-5
8-6
8-6
8-6
8-7
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-8
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-9
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-10
8-11
8-12
8-12
8-14
8-15
8-15
8-15
8-16
8-16
8-17
8-17
8-18
8-19
8-20
8-20
8-21
8-21
8-1
Table 8-46.
Table 8-47.
Table 8-48.
Table 8-49.
Table 8-50.
Table 8-51.
Table 8-52.
Table 8-53.
Table 8-54.
Table 8-55.
Table 8-56.
Table 8-57.
Table 8-58.
8-2
PWA, P/S & CTLR INTERFACE . . . . . .
PWA, 1W AMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PWA, 1W AMP SMT PARTS, . . . . .
PWA, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION .
*PWA, TRANSPORT, SMT . . . . . .
PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR . . . . .
*PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR,SMT
PWA, NYQUIST FILTER . . . . . . . . . .
*PWA, NYQUIST FILTER, SMT . . . .
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 2-6 . . . . . . .
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 7-13 . . . . . . .
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 14-42 . . . . . .
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 43-69 . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
992 9939 010
992 9941 001
992 9941 002
992 9947 001
992 9947 002
992 9997 001
992 9997 002
992 9998 001
992 9998 002
992 9943 011
992 9943 012
992 9943 013
992 9943 014
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-22
8-23
8-23
8-24
8-24
8-25
8-26
8-28
8-29
8-29
8-30
8-30
8-30
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Table 8-1. EXCITER, CD-1A, - 994 9785 010
Harris PN
250 0274 000
828 5886 001
843 5466 528
917 2416 157
Description
CORD, AC, 3C, NEMA/IEC PLUG
SPEC, CHART, BP FILTER
DIAGRAM, CD-1A EXCITER,
KIT, LINEAR CORRECTOR
QTY UM
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
917 2462 228
917 2462 229
917 2462 230
917 2462 231
917 2462 232
917 2462 233
917 2462 234
917 2462 235
917 2462 236
917 2462 237
917 2462 238
917 2462 239
917 2462 240
917 2462 241
917 2462 264
988 2440 001
992 9940 061
992 9940 071
992 9943 010
992 9943 011
992 9943 012
992 9943 013
992 9943 014
KIT, UHF, CH 14-34
KIT, UHF, CH 35-69
KIT, VHF, CH-2
KIT, VHF, CH-3
KIT, VHF, CH-4
KIT, VHF, CH-5
KIT, VHF, CH-6
KIT, VHF, CH-7
KIT, VHF, CH-8
KIT, VHF, CH-9
KIT, VHF, CH-10
KIT, VHF, CH-11
KIT, VHF, CH-12
KIT, VHF, CH-13
FIRMWARE, EXCITER MONITOR
DP, EXCITER, CD-1A
PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 14-42
PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 43-69
EXCITER, BASIC, CD-1A
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 2-6
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 7-13
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 14-42
KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 43-69
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
Harris PN
302 0108 000
310 0012 000
314 0005 000
917 2416 156
917 2416 158
994 9785 119
Description
SCR, 6-32 X 1/2
WASHER FLAT 6
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
CABLE, PWR, LINEAR CORRECTOR
CBL, COAX, SMB RIGHT, 8"
PWA, LINEAR CORRECTOR
Harris PN
492 0861 000
494 0380 000
494 0381 000
494 0382 000
494 0383 000
494 0384 000
494 0388 000
508 0557 000
550 0397 000
Description
IND FIXED 10UH 10%
CHOKE RF 0.47UH
CHOKE RF 0.56UH
CHOKE RF .68UH
CHOKE RF 0.82UH
CHOKE RF 1.00UH
CHOKE RF 2.20UH
CAP TRIMMER 10 - 90 PF
POT 50 OHM 1/2W 10%
Reference Designators (H)
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR TABLETOP*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR TRANSMITTERS ORDERED WITH A SHARP TUNED FILTER
(STF)*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-14 TO CH-34*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-35 TO CH-69*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-2*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-3*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-4*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-5*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-6*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-7*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-8*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-9*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-10*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-11*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-12*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-13*
*THIS IS A PURCHASED OPTION!*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-14 TO CH-42*
*SELECT QTY 1 FOR CH-43 TO CH-69*
Table 8-2. KIT, LINEAR CORRECTOR - 917 2416 157
QTY UM
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
Table 8-3. PWA, LINEAR CORRECTOR - 994 9785 119
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
QTY UM
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
L1 L2 L9
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L3
C32 C33 C34 C35 C36
R28 R29 R30 R31 R32
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-3
550 0940 000
604 1192 000
610 0893 000
620 0700 000
843 5275 361
994 9785 120
POT 100 OHM 1/2W 20%
SWITCH TGL SPDT
CONN 25 PIN D STRATE POST
*RECPT, MALE SMB,PC MOUNT
SCH, CORRECTOR, LINEAR
PWA, LINEAR CORRECTOR, SMT
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
383 0113 000
387 0010 006
515 0134 101
515 0134 109
515 0134 211
515 0137 501
Description
IC AD9631R OPAMP
ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
CAP 10PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 22PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 270PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
QTY UM
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
15.0 EA
523 0001 201
523 0002 201
545 0308 101
545 0308 121
545 0308 122
545 0308 205
545 0308 208
545 0308 209
545 0308 212
545 0308 213
545 0309 201
579 0001 000
843 5275 361
843 5275 363
CAP 100UF 6.3V 20% SMT
CAP 100UF 25V 20% SMT
RES 10 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 68.1 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 75 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 150 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 200 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 221 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 301 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 332 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RELAY, 12VDC DPDT
SCH, CORRECTOR, LINEAR
PWB, CORRECTOR, LINEAR
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
250 0554 000
917 2462 242
917 2462 249
992 7144 003
992 9769 002
Description
CABLE ASSY, SMA MALE/SMA MALE
CABLE, W44
CABLE, W56, SMA-SMA BH
FILTER, UHF, DTV LO
FILTER UHF BANDPASS CH 14-34
R25 R26 R27 R33 R34
S1
J1
J2 J3
Table 8-4. PWA, LINEAR CORRECTOR, SMT - 994 9785 120
Reference Designators (C)
U1 U2 U3 U4 U5
CR1 CR2
C17 C18 C19 C20 C25
C21
C1 C16 C22 C23 C24
C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13
C14 C15 C26
C27 C29 C30 C31
C28
R3 R5 R6 R7 R20
R8
R15 R16 R17 R18 R19
R1 R9 R10 R14
R4
R21
R2 R11 R12 R13
R22
R23 R24
K1 K2
Table 8-5. KIT, UHF, CH 14-34 - 917 2462 228
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
W046
W044
W056
A022
A016
Table 8-6. FILTER UHF BANDPASS CH 14-34 - 992 9769 002
Harris PN
302 0053 000
302 0113 000
304 0087 000
310 0003 000
314 0003 000
314 0005 000
517 0055 000
612 1507 000
646 0665 000
843 5466 161
8-4
Description
SCR, 4-40 X 5/16
SCR, 6-32 X 1-1/8
NUT, HEX 4-40
WASHER, FLAT NO. 4
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 4
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
CAP VARIABLE .6 TO 4.5 PF
CONN SMA FEMALE BULKHEAD
INSPECTION LABEL
SCH, BAND PASS FILTER
QTY UM
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
Reference Designators (D)
C001 C002 C003 C004 C005 C006
J001 J002
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
843 5466 503
917 2462 034
917 2462 035
917 2462 036
PWB, UHF BANDPASS FILTER LB
BOX, BAND PASS FILTER
COVER, BAND PASS FILTER
DIVIDER, BAND PASS FILTER
Harris PN
250 0554 000
917 2462 242
917 2462 249
992 7144 003
992 9769 003
Description
CABLE ASSY, SMA MALE/SMA MALE
CABLE, W44
CABLE, W56, SMA-SMA BH
FILTER, UHF, DTV LO
FILTER UHF BANDPASS CH 35-69
Harris PN
302 0053 000
302 0113 000
304 0087 000
310 0003 000
314 0003 000
314 0005 000
517 0055 000
612 1507 000
646 0665 000
843 5466 161
843 5466 443
917 2462 034
917 2462 035
917 2462 036
Description
SCR, 4-40 X 5/16
SCR, 6-32 X 1-1/8
NUT, HEX 4-40
WASHER, FLAT NO. 4
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 4
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
CAP VARIABLE .6 TO 4.5 PF
CONN SMA FEMALE BULKHEAD
INSPECTION LABEL
SCH, BAND PASS FILTER
PWB, UHF BANDPASS FILTER MB
BOX, BAND PASS FILTER
COVER, BAND PASS FILTER
DIVIDER, BAND PASS FILTER
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 8-7. KIT, UHF, CH 35-69 - 917 2462 229
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
W046
W044
W056
A022
A016
Table 8-8. FILTER UHF BANDPASS CH 35-69 - 992 9769 003
QTY UM
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (D)
C001 C002 C003 C004 C005 C006
J001 J002
Table 8-9. KIT, VHF, CH-2 - 917 2462 230
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0098 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 001
992 9940 041
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-2,E3,A1
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF LOW BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-10. FILTER, VHF LOW BAND, DTV LO - 992 7144 001
Harris PN
520 0365 000
620 3070 000
843 5511 041
917 2462 255
917 2462 256
917 2462 257
917 2462 258
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Description
CAP, VAR 0.8-10PF 250V
RECEPTACLE, SMA BULKHEAD
SCH, LO FILTER, LB VHF
COVER LO FILTER
BASE LO FILTER
TOP LO FILTER
DIVIDER LO FILTER UHF
QTY UM
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-5
917 2462 259
917 2462 261
917 2462 274
SIDE, LO FILTER
LOCKING RING LO FILTER
COIL, LO FILTER, LB VHF
Harris PN
383 0341 000
843 5400 631
992 9511 319
Description
IC, JTOS-150
ESD
SCH, PLL MAIN
*PWA; BASIC PWB ASSY MAIN PLL
Harris PN
358 1928 000
384 0780 000
492 0839 000
506 0244 000
506 0246 000
522 0550 000
522 0590 000
550 0928 000
610 0900 000
610 1288 000
612 1184 000
620 0700 000
620 2952 000
843 5400 631
992 9511 320
Description
JUMPER 1/4 LG 1/8H
LED, RED ESD
IND 330 UH 10% 500MA
CAP .22UF 63V 5%
CAP 0.47UF 63V 5%
CAP 100UF 25V 20%
CAP 470UF 25V 20%
POT 20K OHM 1/2W
HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT
PLUG 9 PIN
SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS
*RECPT, MALE SMB,PC MOUNT
JACK RECEPTACLE BULKHEAD SMC
SCH, PLL MAIN
PWB ASSY MAIN PLL SMT
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
Table 8-11. PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6 - 992 9940 041
QTY UM
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
U1 U3
Table 8-12. *PWA; BASIC PWB ASSY MAIN PLL - 992 9511 319
QTY UM
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
JP3 JP4 JP5 JP6 JP7 JP8 JP9 JP10
DS1 DS2
L12 L13 L14
C13 C54
C37 C56
C5 C6 C43 C53 C58 C63
C74 C75 C76 C96 C100
R37 R51
JP1 JP2
J9
#JP1 #JP2
J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8
J10
Table 8-13. PWB ASSY MAIN PLL SMT - 992 9511 320
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
381 0003 001
381 0003 002
381 0017 000
382 1341 000
382 1618 000
383 0030 000
383 0104 000
383 0171 000
383 0173 000
383 0201 000
383 0256 000
383 0571 000
383 0581 000
385 0001 000
496 0026 000
496 0028 000
496 0043 000
496 0044 000
496 0046 000
XSTR, NPN, 3904 (SMT) ESD
XSTR, PNP MMBT3906
ESD
XSTR, NPN BC847
ESD
IC LRPS-2-4
ESD
IC LRPS-3-850
ESD
IC, 79L05
ESD
IC LRMS-2
ESD
IC MAR-3SM
ESD
IC MC10216
ESD
IC, 1007 SMT
ESD
IC, TL072 OP AMP SMT
ESD
IC, ILC7082
ESD
IC, PE3236
ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
IND, CHIP 0.820 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 1 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 18 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 22 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 33 UH 10%
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
7.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
8-6
Reference Designators (D)
U1 AND U3 CAN BE FOUND AT THE NEXT
LEVEL. R106 NOT USED
Q3 Q4
Q5 Q6
Q1 Q2
U6
U8
U21
U4
U2 U5 U7 U13 U14
U16 U18
U9 U10
U11 U12
U19 U20
U15 U17
CR1 CR2 CR3 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7
L6 L9
L1 L5 L8 L11
L3 L7
L2
L4
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
496 0061 000
515 0134 015
515 0134 103
515 0134 109
515 0134 113
515 0134 201
515 0134 207
515 0134 217
515 0134 221
515 0136 301
515 0136 313
515 0136 317
515 0136 321
515 0136 401
IND, CHIP 3.3UH
CAP 3.9PF 100V +/-.25 0805 C0G
CAP 12PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 22PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 33PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 100PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 180PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 470PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 680PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 1000PF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 3300PF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 4700PF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 6800PF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 0.01UF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
35.0 EA
515 0136 501
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 0805 X7R
15.0 EA
515 0137 517
515 0137 601
523 0003 101
540 1568 000
545 0309 018
545 0309 103
545 0309 107
545 0309 115
545 0309 118
545 0309 122
545 0309 201
545 0309 202
545 0309 208
545 0309 212
545 0309 213
545 0309 216
545 0309 218
545 0309 220
545 0309 221
545 0309 301
545 0309 308
545 0309 313
545 0309 401
545 0309 408
545 0309 409
545 0309 413
545 0309 508
545 0309 999
604 1162 000
843 5400 631
843 5400 633
CAP 0.47UF 25V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 1UF 25V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 10UF 35V 20%
SMT
RES NETWORK, 10K OHM SMT +/-5%
RES 5.11 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 12.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 18.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 39.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 75 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 110 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 200 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 301 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 332 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 432 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 619 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 681 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 3.32K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 20K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 22.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 33.2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 200K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
DIPSWITCH, 8 SPST SMT
SCH, PLL MAIN
PCB, MAIN PLL
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
10.0 EA
4.0 EA
10.0 EA
5.0 EA
10.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
358 3434 000
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
L10
C68 C70
C32
C69 C78
C24 C31 C33 C50 C57
C55 C62 C79 C88
C21
C19 C23 C25 C44
C12
C27 C35 C42 C47 C49 C60
C10 C28
C18
C8 C20
C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C9 C11 C14 C17 C22 C29
C36 C41 C51 C61 C64 C65 C72 C73 C77 C80
C81 C82 C83 C84 C85 C86 C87 C89 C90 C91
C92 C93 C94 C97
C26 C30 C34 C38 C39 C40 C45 C46 C48 C52
C59 C66 C67 C101 C102
C71 C98
C95 C99
C15 C16
R94 R100 R101 R102
R90 R105
R10 R29 R35 R48 R64
R8 R9 R16 R26
R52 R59 R67 R74
R77 R85 R89 R95 R98 R99
R19 R21
R14 R18 R32 R34
R20
R2 R3 R56 R58 R70 R82
R6 R7 R12 R13 R15 R17 R23 R27 R28 R60
R33 R61 R108 R110
R4 R11 R25 R30 R31 R36 R38 R49 R65 R73
R87 R88 R91 R96 R97
R22 R24 R39 R42 R45 R47 R50 R54 R80 R86
R57 R62 R66 R71
R1 R5 R40 R46
R72 R75
R55 R68 R107 R109
R92 R93 R103 R104 R111 R112
R41 R44
R43
R78 R79
R53
R63 R69 R76 R81 R83 R84
S1 S2 S3 S4
Table 8-14. KIT, VHF, CH-3 - 917 2462 231
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
QTY UM
4.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-7
484 0099 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 001
992 9940 041
FILTER, BP, CH-3, R2
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF LOW BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0100 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 001
992 9940 041
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-4
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF LOW BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0101 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 001
992 9940 041
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-5, R3
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF LOW BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-15. KIT, VHF, CH-4 - 917 2462 232
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-16. KIT, VHF, CH-5 - 917 2462 233
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-17. KIT, VHF, CH-6 - 917 2462 234
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0102 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 001
992 9940 041
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-6, R4
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF LOW BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-18. KIT, VHF, CH-7 - 917 2462 235
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0072 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 002
8-8
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-7,E5,A6,R6,K1-4
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
992 9940 051
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
Harris PN
520 0365 000
843 5466 991
917 2462 255
917 2462 256
917 2462 257
917 2462 259
917 2462 261
917 2462 275
917 2462 277
917 2462 278
Description
CAP, VAR 0.8-10PF 250V
SCH, LO FILTER
COVER LO FILTER
BASE LO FILTER
TOP LO FILTER
SIDE, LO FILTER
LOCKING RING LO FILTER
DIVIDER LO FILTER
ASSY, COUPLING, HIGH BAND
COIL, LO FILTER, HB VHF
1.0 EA
A010
Table 8-19. FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO - 992 7144 002
QTY UM
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
Table 8-20. PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13 - 992 9940 051
Harris PN
383 0342 000
843 5400 631
992 9511 319
Description
IC, JTOS-300
ESD
SCH, PLL MAIN
*PWA; BASIC PWB ASSY MAIN PLL
QTY UM
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
U1 U3
Table 8-21. KIT, VHF, CH-8 - 917 2462 236
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0073 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 002
992 9940 051
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-8,E6,A7,R7,K1-5
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-22. KIT, VHF, CH-9 - 917 2462 237
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0074 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 002
992 9940 051
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-9
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-23. KIT, VHF, CH-10 - 917 2462 238
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0075 000
917 2462 245
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP,CH-10,E7,A8,R8,K1-6
CABLE, W45
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-9
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 002
992 9940 051
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0076 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 002
992 9940 051
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP,CH-11,E8,A9,R9,K1-7
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0077 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 002
992 9940 051
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-12,E9,R10,K1-8
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-24. KIT, VHF, CH-11 - 917 2462 239
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-25. KIT, VHF, CH-12 - 917 2462 240
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-26. KIT, VHF, CH-13 - 917 2462 241
Harris PN
358 3434 000
484 0078 000
917 2462 245
917 2462 246
917 2462 247
917 2462 248
992 7144 002
992 9940 051
Description
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
FILTER, BP, CH-13,E10,A10
CABLE, W45
CABLE, W47, SMA-BNC
CABLE, W54, BNC-SMA BH
CABLE, W55
FILTER, VHF HIGH BAND, DTV LO
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
A016 A021
W045
W047
W054
W055
A022
A010
Table 8-27. PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 14-42 - 992 9940 061
Harris PN
383 0300 000
843 5400 631
992 9511 319
Description
VCO 485-765 MHZ SMT
ESD
SCH, PLL MAIN
*PWA; BASIC PWB ASSY MAIN PLL
QTY UM
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
U1 U3
Table 8-28. PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 43-69 - 992 9940 071
Harris PN
383 0343 000
8-10
Description
IC, JTOS-1025
ESD
QTY UM
2.0 EA
Reference Designators (A)
U1 U3
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
843 5400 631
992 9511 319
SCH, PLL MAIN
*PWA; BASIC PWB ASSY MAIN PLL
Harris PN
007 4060 077
299 0015 000
335 0010 000
356 0007 000
356 0214 000
358 1214 000
358 2589 000
358 2598 000
358 2628 000
358 2995 000
358 3223 000
358 3434 000
358 3579 000
358 3582 000
358 3734 000
358 3735 000
382 1617 000
398 0552 000
424 0012 000
424 0502 000
430 0192 000
430 0268 000
448 1105 000
484 0446 000
484 0469 000
556 0143 000
560 0055 000
610 1222 000
612 1561 000
614 0787 000
620 2109 000
632 1201 000
646 0665 000
646 1487 000
736 0299 000
736 0300 000
736 0324 000
843 5466 528
917 2462 008
917 2462 009
917 2462 015
917 2462 048
917 2462 049
917 2462 223
917 2462 253
917 2462 272
917 2462 273
917 2462 285
939 8203 027
Description
BRZ,PH FGR STK 97-0621-02
TAPE, PVC VINYL CLOSED
WASHER NYLON .195 ID
CABLE CLAMP 7/16 D
CLAMP, FLAT CABLE 1 IN.
SCREWLOCK, FEMALE
FLAT CABLE MOUNT
CABLE TIE MOUNT, 4-WAY
CABLE PUSH MOUNT
END PLATE, 261 TERM BD
FEMALE SCREWLOCK .56"4-40
TY-RAP MTG BASE .316" TIE
SLIDES, DRAWER
STDOFF, 1/4 HEX 6-32 X 5/8 M/F
KIT, SCREWLOCK, FEMALE
BUSHING, NYLON 3/16 ID
MIXER ZFM-2 1-1000MHZ ESD
FUSE, SLOW CARTRIDGE, 10A 250V
GROMMET 1/4 MTG DIA
BUMPER 5/8 DIA X 1/4 THK
FINGER GUARD, 119MM FAN
FAN TUBEAXIAL 12V 110CFM 119MM
HANDLE, CONCEALED PULL
FILTER, RFI POWER LINE ENTRY
FILTER, LOW PASS 70MHZ
ATTENUATOR FIXED SMA 3DB
MOV, 250WVAC, 72J, 14MM DISC
PLUG/RECP, D, 25 PIN
CABLE ASSY 15C FLAT FLEX 6"
TERM BD, 4C MODULAR 261
JACK, BNC 75 OHM BULKHEAD
PNL MTG, DIGITAL VOLTMETER
INSPECTION LABEL
NAMEPLATE PATENT, GENERIC
POWER SUPPLY,DUAL 15V,3.3 &10A
POWER SUPPLY, DUAL 5V, 10AEA
VOLTAGE REG MODULE, 1.8-3.5VDC
DIAGRAM, CD-1A EXCITER,
COVER, 10MHZ REFERENCE
BOX, 10MHZ REFERENCE
BOX, UHF PLL
BOX, IF PLL
COVER, IF PLL
CABLE PACKAGE, CD-1A EXCITER
ANGLE, PS RETAINER
PLATE, RF SHIELD
PIN, LOCATOR
COVER, MAIN PLL
ANGLE, MINI CKT MTG.
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 8-29. EXCITER, BASIC, CD-1A - 992 9943 010
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
QTY UM
6.0 EA
0.0 RL
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 PR
12.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (M)
A023
TB001
FL003
FL002
MX001
B001
FL-1
FL003
AT001
RV001 RV002 RV003
FL002
M001
TB001
J001 SMPTE 310M
M001
PS002
PS001
A023
A023
MX001
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-11
952 9202 186
952 9202 189
952 9202 190
952 9202 191
952 9202 192
952 9202 196
952 9202 202
952 9202 203
952 9202 204
952 9202 205
952 9202 206
952 9202 213
952 9202 216
952 9202 233
952 9202 234
952 9202 236
952 9202 238
952 9202 240
952 9202 241
952 9202 242
992 9511 300
992 9556 002
992 9556 003
992 9723 001
992 9787 001
992 9809 010
992 9810 001
992 9933 003
992 9939 010
992 9941 001
992 9947 001
992 9997 001
992 9998 001
CHASSIS, LOWER
PLATE, P/S
HINGE, UPPER
HINGE, LOWER
FRONT, LOWER
BRACKET, DOOR CATCH
COVER, SAFETY
ANGLE, P/S SUPPORT
LINK, OUTSIDE
LINK, INSIDE
COVER, CHASSIS UPPER
SPACER
PROP ROD
PLATE, MODULATOR
CHASSIS, UPPER
REAR, I/O
ANGLE, BUMPER, LEFT
BRACKET, HINGE MTG
FRONT, UPPER
ANGLE, BUMPER, RIGHT
PWA, IF PLL
PWA, D/A CONVERTER
PWA, A/D CONVERTER
PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE
PWA, DOWNCONVERTER,EXCITER,DTV
PWA, CORRECTOR
PWA, DSP CONTROLLER
PWA, SMPTE 310 INTERFACE
PWA, P/S & CTLR INTERFACE
PWA, 1W AMP
PWA, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
PWA, NYQUIST FILTER
Harris PN
382 1534 000
384 0780 000
492 0778 000
522 0591 000
540 1538 000
550 0397 000
610 0900 000
610 1288 000
612 1184 000
620 0700 000
620 2952 000
992 9511 301
Description
IC POS-75
ESD
LED, RED ESD
IND VAR .288UH NOM
CAP 47UF 25V 20%
RES NETWORK 10K OHM 2%
POT 50 OHM 1/2W 10%
HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT
PLUG 9 PIN
SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS
*RECPT, MALE SMB,PC MOUNT
JACK RECEPTACLE BULKHEAD SMC
PWA IF PLL SMT
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
A008
A005
A007
A009
A004
A006
A001
A020
A017
A002
A011
A003
Table 8-30. PWA, IF PLL - 992 9511 300
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
9.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
U1
DS1
L16 L21 L22 L23 L24 L25 L28 L29 L30
C10 C53 C62 C63 C64 C68 C69 C110 C119
R5 R24 R50 R69
R48
JP1
J7
#JP1
J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J8 J9 J11
J10 J12
Table 8-31. PWA IF PLL SMT - 992 9511 301
8-12
QTY UM
0.0 EA
Reference Designators (F)
NOT USED C11 CR4 CR5 CR6 CR7 L4 R14
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
381 0003 001
381 0003 002
381 0017 000
383 0057 000
383 0058 000
383 0059 000
383 0060 000
383 0062 000
383 0114 000
383 0138 000
383 0139 000
383 0168 000
383 0169 000
383 0170 000
383 0171 000
383 0172 000
383 0173 000
383 0201 000
383 0256 000
383 0571 000
383 0581 000
385 0001 000
478 0428 000
494 0485 000
496 0013 000
496 0028 000
496 0032 000
496 0036 000
496 0038 000
496 0044 000
496 0046 000
515 0034 000
515 0040 000
515 0042 000
515 0046 000
515 0048 000
515 0049 000
515 0051 000
515 0052 000
515 0054 000
515 0055 000
515 0084 000
XSTR, NPN, 3904 (SMT) ESD
XSTR, PNP MMBT3906
ESD
XSTR, NPN BC847
ESD
IC 74AC20
ESD
IC, HSP45102 33 MHZ
ESD
IC 74AC163
ESD
IC 74AC138
ESD
IC, HI5741
ESD
IC 75107
ESD
IC, 74AC74 DUAL D F-F ESD
IC 74AC151 ESD
IC SLQ-KH1
ESD
IC LRMS-1
ESD
IC LRPS-2-1
ESD
IC MAR-3SM
ESD
IC LRPS-3-1
ESD
IC MC10216
ESD
IC, 1007 SMT
ESD
IC, TL072 OP AMP SMT
ESD
IC, ILC7082
ESD
IC, PE3236
ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
XFMR, RF, 0.05-200MHZ
INDUCTOR, 10UH, POWER, 20%
IND, CHIP 0.100 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 1 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 2.2 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 4.7 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 6.8 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 22 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 33 UH 10%
*CAP 10PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 33PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 47PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 100PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 150PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 180PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 270PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 330PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 470PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
CAP CHIP 560PF 5% 50V
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
7.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
27.0 EA
515 0088 000
515 0134 109
515 0135 013
515 0135 301
515 0135 303
515 0135 305
515 0135 309
515 0137 501
CAP CHIP .047UF 10% 50V
CAP 22PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 3.3PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 1000PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 1200PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 1500PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 2200PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
21.0 EA
515 0137 517
CAP 0.47UF 25V 10% 1206 X7R
2.0 EA
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Q3
Q2
Q1
U5
U3
U16 U19
U12
U10
U24
U26
U4 U15 U17 U23
HY1
U8 U9 U27
U18
U2 U6 U11 U25
U7
U20 U21
U14
U13
U28
U22
CR1 CR2 CR3 CR8
T1
L17 L18 L19 L20 L34
L12 L13
L1 L6 L11 L33
L2 L3
L7 L10 L15 L26 L27
L31 L32
L5 L9 L14
L8
C101 C105
C27 C50 C79 C88 C93 C102 C104
C20 C35 C36 C49 C54 C103
C82
C96 C100
C75 C90
C23
C17 C60
C3 C4 C15 C16
C25 C58 C80 C89
C1 C7 C8 C12 C18 C21 C24 C31 C34 C45
C55 C57 C66 C72 C73 C77 C78 C81 C83 C85
C86 C87 C91 C94 C106 C107 C108
C32 C48
C74
C71
C22 C29 C37 C46 C52 C61 C92
C9 C13 C97 C99
C98
C14 C19
C2 C5 C6 C26 C28 C30 C33 C38 C39 C40
C41 C42 C47 C51 C56 C59 C65 C67 C76 C84
C95
C70 C109
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-13
515 0147 000
518 0111 000
540 1568 000
545 0309 101
545 0309 103
545 0309 107
545 0309 109
545 0309 115
545 0309 118
545 0309 201
545 0309 208
545 0309 209
545 0309 212
545 0309 213
545 0309 216
545 0309 217
545 0309 218
545 0309 220
545 0309 221
545 0309 224
545 0309 301
545 0309 309
545 0309 313
545 0309 318
545 0309 401
545 0309 407
545 0309 408
545 0309 413
545 0309 416
545 0309 999
603 0004 000
604 1162 000
843 5400 531
843 5400 533
CAP 15PF 200V 5% 1206 COG
CAP, TRIM 4.5-20PF 50V
RES NETWORK, 10K OHM SMT +/-5%
RES 10 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 12.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 18.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 22.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 39.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 200 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 221 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 301 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 332 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 432 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 475 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 619 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 681 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 909 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 2.21K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 3.32K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 5.11K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 18.2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 20K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 33.2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 43.2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
DIPSWITCH, 8 SPST SMT
DIPSWITCH, 8 SPST SMT
SCH, IF PLL
PWB, IF PLL
Harris PN
000 0000 010
492 0765 000
492 0768 000
492 0867 000
492 0868 000
492 0869 000
540 1600 118
610 1279 000
610 1287 000
620 2883 000
843 5466 381
992 9556 005
Description
B/M NOTE:
FIXED RF INDUCTOR 345NH
FIXED RF INDUCTOR 720NH
INDUCTOR, FIXED RF, 410HH
INDUCTOR, FIXED RF, 260NH
INDUCTOR, FIXED RF, 550NH
RES 51 OHM 3W 5%
HEADER, VERT, 40 POS
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
JACK, OSX, STRAIGHT, PCB MT
SCH, D/A CONVERTER
*PWA, D/A, SMT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
10.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
C44
C43
R78 R79
R76
R7 R19 R31
R11 R62
R45
R38 R47
R2 R44 R61 R63 R70 R71
R17 R28 R29
R1 R52 R53
R51 R73
R10 R12 R56 R65
R81
R4 R8 R15 R20 R27 R32
R34 R40 R42 R43 R49 R59
R41 R64 R67 R72
R9 R13 R16 R18 R21 R33 R36 R37 R74 R75
R35 R39
R30
R3
R68
R80
R6
R66 R77 R82
R57
R23 R26
R22 R58
R25
R46 R54 R55
S5 S6
S1 S2 S3 S4
Table 8-32. PWA, D/A CONVERTER - 992 9556 002
8-14
QTY UM
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (D)
“JP001 IS NOT INSTALLED”
L002 L003 L007
L005
L006
L004
L001
R024
J003
J001
J002 J004
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Table 8-33. *PWA, D/A, SMT - 992 9556 005
Harris PN
382 1549 000
383 0062 000
383 0239 000
387 0010 006
387 0010 017
478 0428 000
484 0434 000
515 0034 000
515 0038 000
515 0040 000
515 0041 000
515 0042 000
515 0044 000
515 0045 000
515 0046 000
515 0049 000
515 0084 000
515 0135 301
515 0137 501
526 0384 000
526 0385 000
545 0309 107
545 0309 201
Description
IC, MC79M05CDT, NEG 5V REG ESD
IC, HI5741
ESD
IC 74AC04
ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD
XFMR, RF, 0.05-200MHZ
PI FILTER 2000PF
*CAP 10PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 22PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 33PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 39PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 47PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 68PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 82PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 100PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 180PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 1000PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 10UF 16V 10% 6032
CAP, 22UF 16V 10%
RES 18.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
15.0 EA
545 0309 204
545 0309 212
545 0309 217
545 0309 218
545 0309 301
545 0309 401
545 0309 999
843 5466 381
843 5466 383
RES 130 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 301 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 475 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
SCH, D/A CONVERTER
PWB, D/A CONVERTER
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
492 0765 000
540 1600 111
610 1279 000
610 1287 000
620 2883 000
843 5466 401
992 9556 004
FIXED RF INDUCTOR 345NH
RES 27 OHM 3W 5%
HEADER, VERT, 40 POS
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
JACK, OSX, STRAIGHT, PCB MT
SCH, A/D CONVERTER
*PWA, A/D, SMT
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
Reference Designators (M)
U004
U001
U002
CR002
CR001
T001
FL001 FL002
C012
C014
C007
C010
C006
C008
C009
C015
C011 C013
C020 C021
C001 C003 C016 C034 C035
C002 C004 C005 C017 C033 C036
C024 C026
C030 C031 C032
R019
R001 R002 R003 R004 R005 R006 R007 R008
R009 R010 R011 R012 R013 R014 R018
R015
R020 R021
R017
R016
R025
R028 R029
R022 R023 R026 R027
Table 8-34. PWA, A/D CONVERTER - 992 9556 003
Reference Designators (B)
J5 & R6 ARE NOT NORMALLY INSTALLED.
OPTIONAL TEST ONLY.
L001 L002
R013
J004
J001
J002 J003
Table 8-35. *PWA, A/D, SMT - 992 9556 004
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
QTY UM
0.0 EA
Reference Designators (L)
J5 & R6 ARE NOT NORMALLY INSTALLED.
OPTIONAL TEST ONLY.
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-15
382 1441 000
383 0109 000
383 0176 000
387 0010 006
387 0010 017
478 0428 000
494 0485 000
515 0034 000
515 0040 000
515 0044 000
515 0049 000
515 0084 000
515 0135 301
515 0137 501
IC, LT1117 5V REG SMT ESD
IC AD9042AST
ESD
IC, 74FCT574T, 8 BIT REG, ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD
XFMR, RF, 0.05-200MHZ
INDUCTOR, 10UH, POWER, 20%
*CAP 10PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 33PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 68PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 180PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 1000PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
10.0 EA
526 0384 000
526 0385 000
545 0309 019
545 0309 120
545 0309 201
545 0309 224
545 0309 999
843 5466 401
843 5466 403
CAP 10UF 16V 10% 6032
CAP, 22UF 16V 10%
RES 5.62 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 61.9 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 909 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
SCH, A/D CONVERTER
PWB, A/D CONVERTER
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
382 1609 000
404 0513 000
610 1288 000
620 2952 000
700 1271 000
992 9723 002
IC LT1036
ESD
HEAT SINK PA1-1CB
PLUG 9 PIN
JACK RECEPTACLE BULKHEAD SMC
OCXO 10 MHZ
*PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE, SMT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
U005
U002
U003 U004
CR002
CR001
T001
L003
C003
C005
C002 C006
C004
C009 C010
C011 C015 C018 C019 C031 C033
C001 C007 C008 C012 C016 C017 C020 C026
C032 C034
C028
C022 C023 C024 C025
R001 R007
R010
R011 R012
R002 R003 R008 R009
R004 R005
Table 8-36. PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE - 992 9723 001
Reference Designators (K)
COMPONENTS NOT USED AT THIS TIME:
J003 J005
U001
XU001
J001
J002 J003 J004 J005 J006
U004
Table 8-37. *PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE, SMT - 992 9723 002
Harris PN
381 0003 001
381 0003 002
383 0173 000
383 0253 000
385 0001 000
385 0027 000
389 0013 000
494 0485 000
496 0044 000
515 0084 000
Description
XSTR, NPN, 3904 (SMT) ESD
XSTR, PNP MMBT3906
ESD
IC MC10216
ESD
IC, LM358
ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
DIODE, 2800 SCHOTTKY SMT ESD
LED RED SURFACE MOUNT ESD
INDUCTOR, 10UH, POWER, 20%
IND, CHIP 22 UH 10%
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
9.0 EA
515 0137 501
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
11.0 EA
523 0002 201
CAP 100UF 25V 20% SMT
2.0 EA
8-16
Reference Designators (J)
Q002
Q001
U003 U005 U006
U002
CR002
CR001
DS001
L001 L002 L003
L004 L005
C008 C011 C012 C013 C016 C017 C018 C019
C020
C002 C004 C005 C007 C009 C010 C014 C015
C021 C022 C023
C001 C006
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
523 0003 101
545 0309 113
545 0309 118
545 0309 201
545 0309 217
545 0309 219
545 0309 221
545 0309 305
545 0309 317
545 0309 401
545 0309 421
545 0309 501
551 0017 402
843 5466 221
843 5466 223
CAP 10UF 35V 20%
SMT
RES 33.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 475 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 562 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 681 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1.5K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 4.75K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 68.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
TRIMPOT 20K OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
SCH, 10MHZ REFERENCE
PWB, 10MHZ REFERENCE
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
522 0590 000
610 0900 000
610 0979 000
612 1184 000
620 0700 000
620 2896 000
843 5466 411
917 2462 136
992 9787 002
Description
CAP 470UF 25V 20%
HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT
HDR 10C 2ROW VERTICAL
SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS
*RECPT, MALE SMB,PC MOUNT
JACK RECEPTACLE, BULKHEAD, SMB
SCH, DOWNCONVERTER EXCITER
COVER, DTV DOWN CONVERTER
*PWA, DOWN CONVERTER, SMT
Harris PN
382 1608 000
383 0063 000
383 0110 000
383 0111 000
383 0113 000
383 0190 000
383 0277 000
383 0305 000
383 0352 000
385 0013 000
385 0018 000
415 0002 001
494 0487 000
496 0019 000
496 0028 000
Description
IC, ERA-5SM
ESD
IC MAV-11SM SMT
ESD
MIXER LRMS-2MH
ESD
MIXER LRMS-1MH
ESD
IC AD9631R OPAMP
ESD
IC MAV-3SM (SMT) ESD
IC, LM4040CIM3-2.5
ESD
IC, CLC446
ESD
IC, MC33179
ESD
DIODE, PIN
ESD
DIODE, SCHOTTKY
ESD
FERRITE CHIP, 1206 SIZE
INDUCTOR 100UH POWER 20% SMT
IND, CHIP 0.330 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 1 UH 10%
QTY UM
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
496 0040 000
496 0069 000
496 0070 000
496 0071 000
496 0073 000
496 0077 000
IND, CHIP 10 UH 10%
IND CHIP .390UH 10%
IND CHIP 0.270UH 10% 0805
IND CHIP .220UH 5%
IND CHIP .150UH 5%
IND, CHIP 100UH 10%
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
C003
R014 R023 R025 R026
R012 R016 R020
R018 R019
R017
R008 R009 R021 R022
R011 R015 R024 R027 R028
R005
R013
R002 R003 R004 R006 R010
R001
R007
R029
Table 8-38. PWA, DOWNCONVERTER,EXCITER,DTV - 992 9787 001
QTY UM
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (F)
C050 C059 C060 C061
JP001 JP002
J003
1/JP001 1/JP002
J001 J002 J004
J005
B001
Table 8-39. *PWA, DOWN CONVERTER, SMT - 992 9787 002
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Reference Designators (N)
U009
U002 U003 U004
U001
U006
U007
U008
CR004
U005 U010
U011
CR002
CR001 CR003 CR005
RFC001 RFC002 RFC003 RFC004
L022
L015
L001 L003 L009 L010 L011 L012 L013 L014
L029
L002 L016 L017 L018 L019 L027 L030 L031
L020
L021 L026
L005
L004 L006
L023 L024 L025
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-17
515 0134 023
515 0134 103
515 0134 105
515 0134 113
515 0134 115
515 0134 117
515 0134 205
515 0136 301
515 0136 401
515 0136 501
CAP 8.2PF 100V+/-.5PF 0805 C0G
CAP 12PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 15PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 33PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 39PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 47PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 150PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 1000PF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 0.01UF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 0805 X7R
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
31.0 EA
515 0138 601
CAP 1UF 50V 20% 1812 X7R
10.0 EA
523 0003 101
545 0308 023
545 0308 101
545 0308 103
545 0308 106
545 0308 109
545 0308 111
545 0308 115
545 0308 117
545 0308 118
545 0308 201
545 0308 205
545 0308 208
545 0308 209
545 0308 210
545 0308 211
545 0308 218
545 0308 221
545 0308 223
545 0308 301
545 0308 317
545 0308 501
545 0308 518
545 0309 217
CAP 10UF 35V 20%
SMT
RES 8.25 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 10 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 12.1 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 16.2 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 22.1 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 26.7 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 39.2 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 47.5 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 100 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 150 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 200 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 221 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 237 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 267 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 511 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 681 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 825 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 1K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 4.75K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 100K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 511K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 475 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
8.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
9.0 EA
545 0309 218
551 0017 301
551 0024 000
843 5466 411
843 5466 413
RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
TRIMPOT 1K OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
TRIMPOT 100 OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
SCH, DOWNCONVERTER EXCITER
PWB, DOWNCONVERTER EXCITER
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
383 0141 000
384 0904 000
404 0673 000
610 1279 000
610 1287 000
Description
B/M NOTE:
IC, HSP43216
ESD
LED, GRN, T-1 ESD
SOCKET, DIP, 8 PIN (DL)
HEADER, VERT, 40 POS
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
C046
C011 C017
C044
C052
C047 C051
C013 C015 C038
C045 C053
C001 C003 C005 C073 C075
C006 C030 C031 C034 C035
C002 C004 C007 C008 C009 C010 C018 C020
C021 C023 C024 C025 C026 C028 C029 C032
C036 C037 C041 C042 C043 C048 C054 C055
C056 C057 C067 C071 C074 C076 C081
C012 C039 C058 C062 C063 C064 C068 C069
C072 C079
C027 C033 C040 C049 C066 C070 C077 C080
R037 R039 R068 R069
R001 R012 R052
R010 R013 R028 R030
R003
R004
R006
R002
R005 R033
R007 R020 R031 R034 R036 R054 R065 R071
R009 R029 R035
R038 R070
R050 R051 R060
R008
R021
R026 R027 R048 R049
R022
R059
R041 R042 R043
R055 R067
R061
R056 R057
R011 R053 R062 R063 R064
R014 R015 R016 R017 R018 R019 R023 R024
R025
R044 R045 R046 R047 R066
R040 R058
R032
Table 8-40. PWA, CORRECTOR - 992 9809 010
8-18
QTY UM
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
“JP001 IS NOT INSTALLED”
U012 U013 U015 U016
DS001
XU002
J3 J4 J5 J6 J7
J1
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
620 2883 000
843 5511 031
917 2462 271
992 9809 011
JACK, OSX, STRAIGHT, PCB MT
SCH, CORRECTOR
FIRMWARE, CORRECTOR U2
*PWA, CORRECTOR, SMT
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
383 0166 000
383 0286 000
383 0309 000
383 0603 000
383 0604 000
385 0001 000
387 0010 006
393 0042 000
404 0890 000
515 0084 000
Description
B/M NOTE:
IC, 71024/7C109/6226 ESD
IC, LM3940 3.3V REG, SMT ESD
IC, 70261
ESD
IC, GC2011A-PQ
ESD
IC, 74LVCH16245A
ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
IC, EPF81188A
ESD
SOCKET, PLCC-84, SMT
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
QTY UM
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
65.0 EA
515 0137 517
523 0001 201
CAP 0.47UF 25V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 100UF 6.3V 20% SMT
1.0 EA
9.0 EA
545 0309 113
545 0309 201
RES 33.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
1.0 EA
79.0 EA
545 0309 205
545 0309 208
545 0309 301
545 0309 401
RES 150 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 200 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
70.0 EA
545 0309 999
545 0310 001
843 5511 031
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
RES 1 OHM 1% 1W 2512
SCH, CORRECTOR
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
J002 J008
U002
Table 8-41. *PWA, CORRECTOR, SMT - 992 9809 011
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Reference Designators (D)
R144, R180 AND R121 ARE NOT INSTALLED
U003 U004 U005 U006
U9
U007 U008 U010 U011
U14
U17 U18 U19
CR2
CR001
U001
XU012 XU013 XU015 XU016
C003 C004 C005 C006 C007 C010 C011 C012
C013 C014 C015 C016 C017 C018 C019 C020
C021 C022 C023 C024 C025 C026 C027 C028
C029 C030 C031 C033 C035 C036 C037 C038
C039 C040 C041 C042 C043 C044 C045 C046
C047 C048 C049 C050 C052 C053 C054 C055
C056 C057 C059 C060 C061 C062 C063 C064
C065 C066 C67 C70 C71 C72 C73 C74 C75
C68
C001 C002 C008 C009 C032 C034 C051 C058
C69
R017
R001 R002 R003 R004 R005 R006 R007 R008
R009 R010 R011 R012 R013 R014 R015 R016
R044 R045 R046 R047 R049 R050 R053 R054
R055 R056 R061 R062 R064 R065 R067 R068
R081 R082 R087 R088 R089 R091 R092 R095
R96 R097 R099 R100 R103 R104 R105 R107
R108 R111 R113 R115 R116 R118 R119 R120
R123 R125 R126 R132 R138 R145 R148 R151
R152 R157 R158 R159 R164 R165 R166 R170
R171 R172 R174 R175 R182 R183 R184
R179
R128
R035 R038 R040 R041 R129 R142 R178
R018 R019 R020 R021 R022 R023 R024 R025
R026 R027 R028 R029 R030 R031 R032 R033
R034 R036 R037 R039 R042 R043 R048 R051
R052 R057 R058 R059 R060 R063 R066 R069
R070 R071 R072 R073 R074 R075 R076 R077
R078 R079 R080 R083 R084 R085 R086 R090
R093 R094 R098 R101 R102 R106 R109 R110
R114 R117 R124 R127 R133 R134 R135 R136
R137 R149 R150 R156 R163 R169
R185
R112
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-19
843 5511 033
PWB, CORRECTOR
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
358 3383 000
610 1133 000
610 1279 000
610 1287 000
612 1154 000
620 2883 000
843 5466 511
917 2462 201
992 9810 002
999 2920 001
JUMPER, 0.1" LG, 0.125" H
HDR 14C 2ROW STRAIGHT
HEADER, VERT, 40 POS
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
RECPT 9 PIN D RT ANGLE
JACK, OSX, STRAIGHT, PCB MT
SCH, CORRECTION CONTROLLER
FIRMWARE, DSP CTLR U018
*PWA, CORRECTION CTLR, SMT
HARDWARE LIST, PWA, DSP CTLR
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Table 8-42. PWA, DSP CONTROLLER - 992 9810 001
Reference Designators (G)
ARE LEFT OFF INTENTIONALLY JP001
JP002 JP003 JP006 JP008 JP012 JP013
JP016
JP004 JP007 JP009 JP010 JP011 JP14 JP15
J007
J003 J004
J001 J005 J006
J008
J002
Table 8-43. *PWA, CORRECTION CTLR, SMT - 992 9810 002
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
381 0029 000
382 1550 000
383 0010 000
383 0074 000
383 0126 000
383 0138 000
383 0238 000
383 0239 000
383 0270 000
383 0271 000
383 0286 000
383 0289 000
383 0290 000
383 0306 000
383 0336 000
383 0374 000
383 0385 000
385 0001 000
387 0010 006
389 0010 001
404 0869 000
515 0057 000
515 0084 000
FET, 2N7002 SMT
ESD
IC, DS1004, 5TAP,5NS DELAY ESD
IC, 74ACT32
ESD
IC, 74HC86
ESD
*IC MAX705/ADM705 ESD
IC, 74AC74 DUAL D F-F ESD
IC, 74AC08
ESD
IC 74AC04
ESD
IC, ADM560
ESD
IC, 74FCT138
ESD
IC, LM3940 3.3V REG, SMT ESD
IC, DSP56303
ESD
IC 74FCT16244
ESD
IC, 16212
ESD
IC 74FCT162245
ESD
IC, 74LVTH244
ESD
IC, 74ABT16273
ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
LED, RED, 1.4MM RECT ESD
SOCKET, PLCC-32, SMT
CAP CHIP 820PF 5% 50V
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
48.0 EA
523 0001 201
523 0003 101
CAP 100UF 6.3V 20% SMT
CAP 10UF 35V 20%
SMT
5.0 EA
5.0 EA
8-20
Reference Designators (N)
*R004, R005, R006, & R019 ARE LEFT OFF
INTENTIONALLY*
Q001 Q002 Q003
U020
U009
U022
U003
U006
U008
U010 U023
U004
U007 U013
U019
U001
U014 U021
U005
U011
U002
U015
CR001 CR002
CR004
DS001
XU018
C001
C002 C003 C004 C005 C006 C007 C008 C009
C010 C011 C012 C013 C014 C015 C016 C017
C018 C019 C020 C021 C022 C023 C024 C025
C026 C027 C028 C029 C030 C031 C034 C035
C036 C037 C038 C039 C040 C041 C042 C043
C045 C056 C057 C058 C059 C060 C061 C062
C050 C052 C053 C054 C055
C046 C047 C048 C049 C051
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
545 0309 201
545 0309 210
545 0309 217
545 0309 301
545 0309 317
545 0309 401
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 237 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 475 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 4.75K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
33.0 EA
545 0309 999
604 1162 000
604 1163 000
843 5466 511
843 5466 513
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
DIPSWITCH, 8 SPST SMT
SWITCH, SPST SMT
SCH, CORRECTION CONTROLLER
PWB, CORRECTION CONTROLLER
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
444 3021 000
444 3022 000
610 0900 000
610 1287 000
612 1184 000
620 2883 000
Description
TCXO, OSCILLATEK 43.048951 MHZ
OSC, 19.392658MHZ, TTL, SMT
HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS
JACK, OSX, STRAIGHT, PCB MT
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
11.0 EA
817 2462 202
817 2462 250
843 5466 931
917 2462 251
992 9933 004
SFTWARE INSTR TRANSPORT U2/U14
SOFTWARE INSTR, SMPTE U010
SCH, SMPTE 310M INTERFACE WITH
FIRMWARE PACKAGE, SMPTE 310
*PWA, SMPTE INTERFACE, SMT
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
383 0115 000
383 0165 000
383 0201 000
383 0292 000
383 0320 000
383 0380 000
385 0001 000
387 0010 006
387 0010 017
389 0010 001
389 0010 002
404 0868 000
404 0890 000
478 0428 000
494 0485 000
515 0100 000
515 0134 109
515 0134 207
Description
B/M NOTE:
IC, MC10ELT28
ESD
IC, LM339 DQUAD COMPAR ESD
IC, 1007 SMT
ESD
IC, GS9004A
ESD
IC, CLC016
ESD
IC, CDC328A CLOCK DRIVER ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD
LED, RED, 1.4MM RECT ESD
LED, GRN, 1.4MM RECT ESD
SOCKET, PLCC-44, SMT
SOCKET, PLCC-84, SMT
XFMR, RF, 0.05-200MHZ
INDUCTOR, 10UH, POWER, 20%
CAP CHIP .33UF 10% 50V
CAP 22PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 180PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
R022
R021
R033
R037
R020
R001 R002 R003 R007 R008 R009 R010 R011
R012 R013 R014 R015 R016 R017 R018 R023
R024 R025 R026 R027 R028 R029 R030 R031
R032 R038 R039 R040 R041 R042 R043 R044
R046
R036 R045
S003
S002
Table 8-44. PWA, SMPTE 310 INTERFACE - 992 9933 003
Reference Designators (C)
U006
U013
JP001 JP002
J001 J003
JPR001 JPR002
J002 J005 J006 J007 J008 J009 J010 J011
J012 J013 J014
U002
U010
Table 8-45. *PWA, SMPTE INTERFACE, SMT - 992 9933 004
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
QTY UM
0.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (M)
*U013 IS NOT INSTALLED AT THIS LEVEL*
U007 U008 U009
U005
U003
U001
U004
U011 U012
CR004 CR005 CR006
CR003
CR001 CR002
DS002 DS004 DS005 DS006
DS001 DS003
XU002
XU010
T001
L001 L002 L003 L004 L005 L006
C021 C032
C039
C040
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-21
515 0136 301
CAP 1000PF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
14.0 EA
515 0136 401
515 0136 417
515 0136 501
CAP 0.01UF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 0.047UF 100V 10% 0805 X7R
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 0805 X7R
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
28.0 EA
515 0138 509
523 0001 201
CAP 0.22UF 100V 10% 1812 X7R
CAP 100UF 6.3V 20% SMT
2.0 EA
11.0 EA
523 0002 201
526 0385 000
526 0394 000
545 0118 000
545 0121 000
545 0309 111
545 0309 118
545 0309 121
545 0309 122
545 0309 201
545 0309 221
545 0309 301
545 0309 308
545 0309 401
CAP 100UF 25V 20% SMT
CAP, 22UF 16V 10%
CAP 100UF 16V 20% 7343
RES 750K OHM 1/4W 5% 1206
RES 1M OHM 1/4W 5% 1206
RES 26.7 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 68.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 75 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 681 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
7.0 EA
4.0 EA
12.0 EA
545 0309 412
545 0309 416
545 0309 418
545 0309 421
545 0309 999
RES 30.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 43.2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 68.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
19.0 EA
551 0017 401
603 0003 000
843 5466 933
TRIMPOT 10K OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
DIPSWITCH, 2 SPST SMT
PWB, SMPTE 310M INTERFACE WITH
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
358 2997 000
384 0719 000
384 0720 000
384 0904 000
522 0590 000
540 1600 103
548 2400 269
548 2400 318
548 2400 363
548 2400 366
548 2400 450
548 2400 459
550 0958 000
610 0893 000
610 1172 000
Description
END PLATE,236 TERM MODULE
TRANSZORB 1N6373 5V 5W ESD
TRANSZORB 1N6377 15V 5W ESD
LED, GRN, T-1 ESD
CAP 470UF 25V 20%
RES 12 OHM 3W 5%
RES 511 OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 1.5K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 4.42K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 4.75K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 32.4K OHM 1/2W 1%
RES 40.2K OHM 1/2W 1%
TRIMPOT 10K OHM 1/2W 10%
CONN 25 PIN D STRATE POST
HDR, 2PIN,1ROW,STRT,POLAR
C011 C012 C020 C022 C024 C026 C030 C036
C050 C056 C058 C060 C068 C072
C006 C023 C047 C048 C049 C065 C076
C035
C001 C003 C004 C005 C008 C009 C010 C019
C025 C027 C029 C034 C038 C041 C046 C054
C055 C057 C059 C061 C062 C063 C064 C067
C069 C071 C073 C074
C043 C044
C002 C007 C031 C037 C045 C051 C052 C053
C066 C070 C075
C016 C017 C028 C042
C018
C013 C014 C015 C033
R005 R010
R031 R032
R020
R001
R013 R014 R015 R018 R060 R072
R002 R025 R026 R029 R030
R037 R038 R039
R006 R007
R016 R042 R048 R051 R054 R057 R062
R003 R004 R008 R009
R017 R024 R027 R028 R044 R045 R046 R047
R049 R052 R053 R055
R019 R035
R011
R021 R022
R012
R034 R036 R040 R041 R043 R050 R056 R058
R059 R061 R063 R064 R065 R066 R067 R068
R069 R070 R071
R023 R033
S001 S002 S003 S004
Table 8-46. PWA, P/S & CTLR INTERFACE - 992 9939 010
8-22
QTY UM
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
Reference Designators (B)
TB001
CR003 CR004
CR005 CR006
DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004
C001 C002 C003
R013
R014 R015
R016 R017
R003 R009
R018
R006 R012
R001 R004 R007 R010
R002 R005 R008 R011
J016
J018 J020 J022 J024
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
610 1287 000
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
9.0 EA
610 1298 000
612 1131 000
612 1163 000
612 1227 000
614 0790 000
843 5466 971
843 5466 973
HEADER, 5PIN, 0.1 CENTERS,
RECEPTACLE 25 POS D
RECEPTACLE 37 POS D
RCPT, 9 PIN D PC MT
TERM MODULE,1C PC MTG 236
SCH, P/S DISTRIBUTION
PWB, P/S DISTRIBUTION
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
007 4060 084
055 0100 005
086 0001 002
302 0012 000
302 0106 000
302 0110 000
302 0441 000
310 0012 000
314 0001 000
314 0005 000
335 0289 000
358 1214 000
358 3406 000
382 1499 000
494 0218 000
610 1288 000
620 2944 000
843 5466 841
952 9202 115
992 9941 002
Description
BRZ, PH FGR STOCK
*THERMAL COMPOUND, 8OZ JAR
*SEALANT, MEDIUM STRENGTH
SCR, 2-56 X 1/4
SCR, 6-32 X 3/8
SCR, 6-32 X 3/4
SCR, 4-40 X 3/8
WASHER FLAT 6
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 2
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
WASHER, CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER
SCREWLOCK, FEMALE
STANDOFF, 6-32 X 7/8"
IC CA5815C
ESD
CHOKE, WIDE BAND 2.5 TURN
PLUG 9 PIN
RECEPTACLE, SMA FLANGE MOUNT
SCH, 1 WATT AMP
BOX, 1 WATT AMP
PWA, 1W AMP SMT PARTS,
J001 J002 J003 J004 J005 J006 J007 J008
J009
J019 J021 J023 J025
J010
J015
J017
TB001
Table 8-47. PWA, 1W AMP - 992 9941 001
QTY UM
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
0.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (D)
2/J002 2/J003
4/COVER
2/U004 2/U005
J001
4/COVER
2/J002 2/J003
2/U004 2/U005 4/COVER
J001
U004 U005
RFC001 RFC002
J001
J002 J003
Table 8-48. PWA, 1W AMP SMT PARTS, - 992 9941 002
Harris PN
302 0106 000
310 0012 000
314 0005 000
382 1341 000
382 1608 000
383 0171 000
383 0256 000
385 0027 000
496 0028 000
515 0046 000
515 0134 201
515 0134 221
515 0135 301
Description
SCR, 6-32 X 3/8
WASHER FLAT 6
WASHER, SPLIT-LOCK 6
IC LRPS-2-4
ESD
IC, ERA-5SM
ESD
IC MAR-3SM
ESD
IC, TL072 OP AMP SMT
ESD
DIODE, 2800 SCHOTTKY SMT ESD
IND, CHIP 1 UH 10%
*CAP 100PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
CAP 100PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 680PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 1000PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
QTY UM
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
12.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
5.0 EA
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
13.0 EA
515 0137 501
545 0121 000
545 0309 021
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
RES 1M OHM 1/4W 5% 1206
RES 6.81 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Reference Designators (D)
BASE
BASE
BASE
U007 U008
U003
U001 U002
U006
CR001 CR002
L001 L002 L003
C012 C013 C014 C015 C016
C31 C32
C1 C3 C5 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11
C002 C004 C006 C019 C022 C023 C024 C025
C026 C027 C028 C029 C030
C017 C018 C020 C021
R011 R017
R008
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-23
545 0309 201
545 0309 212
545 0309 303
545 0309 418
545 0309 501
620 2994 000
843 5466 841
843 5466 843
952 9202 211
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 301 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1.21K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 20DB
SCH, 1 WATT AMP
PWB, 1 WATT AMP
BASE, 1W AMP
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
8.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
610 1133 000
610 1279 000
610 1287 000
610 1328 000
843 5466 881
917 2462 227
992 9947 002
Description
HDR 14C 2ROW STRAIGHT
HEADER, VERT, 40 POS
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
HDR, 40C 2ROW RT ANGLE
SCH, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
FIRMWARE, TRANSPORT, U010
*PWA, TRANSPORT, SMT
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
381 0027 000
381 0029 000
383 0143 000
383 0367 000
383 0374 000
383 0377 000
383 0381 000
383 0382 000
383 0582 000
385 0011 000
387 0010 006
389 0010 001
FET, SI9430DY SMT
ESD
FET, 2N7002 SMT
ESD
IC AV9170 MULTIPLIER ESD
IC, ADM706TAR
ESD
IC, 74LVTH244
ESD
IC, MAX1651CSA
ESD
IC MAX761
ESD
IC, IDT72V221
ESD
IC, TMS320C6201
ESD
DIODE, SCHOTTKY MBRS340 ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
LED, RED, 1.4MM RECT ESD
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
389 0010 002
404 0869 000
484 0468 000
496 0077 000
496 0095 000
515 0134 219
515 0137 411
515 0137 501
LED, GRN, 1.4MM RECT ESD
SOCKET, PLCC-32, SMT
FILTER, T-TYPE FERRITE EMI,SMT
IND, CHIP 100UH 10%
INDUCTOR 33UH +/-20% SMT
CAP 560PF 100V 5% 0805 C0G
CAP 0.027UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
36.0 EA
526 0383 000
CAP 10UF 10V 10% 6032
12.0 EA
R010 R014 R015 R016
R3 R5 R6 R26 R27 R28 R29 R30
R001 R002 R020 R021 R022 R023 R024 R025
R012 R018
R013 R019
DC001
Table 8-49. PWA, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION - 992 9947 001
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (C)
J003
J007
J001 J002 J006
J010
U010
Table 8-50. *PWA, TRANSPORT, SMT - 992 9947 002
8-24
Reference Designators (H)
THESE PARTS ARE NOT NORMALLY INSTALLED: C003 C004 C013 C033 C046 J4 J5
J8 J9 R001 R002 R012 R033 R035 R037 R041
R042 R043 R050 R070 R110
Q001
Q002 Q003 Q004
U003
U005
U002 U009
U004
U006
U008
U007
CR002 CR003
CR001
DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004 DS011 DS012
DS013
DS005 DS006 DS007 DS008 DS009 DS010
XU010
FL001
L003
L001 L002
C049
C048
C002 C005 C008 C009 C010 C011 C012 C018
C019 C021 C025 C026 C028 C030 C031 C032
C035 C036 C038 C039 C040 C043 C044 C045
C050 C051 C052 C053 C054 C055 C056 C057
C058 C059 C060 C061
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
526 0392 000
526 0394 000
526 0396 000
540 1568 000
CAP 330UF +/-20% SMT
CAP 100UF 16V 20% 7343
CAP 68UF 25V 20% 7060
RES NETWORK, 10K OHM SMT +/-5%
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
12.0 EA
545 0308 113
RES 33.2 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
52.0 EA
545 0308 213
RES 332 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
10.0 EA
545 0308 217
RES 475 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
11.0 EA
545 0308 301
545 0308 305
545 0308 317
545 0308 325
545 0308 401
545 0308 408
545 0308 999
545 0309 822
545 0343 000
603 0003 000
604 1163 000
610 1330 000
RES 1K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 1.5K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 4.75K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES, 4.99K OHM 1%, 0.1W 0805
RES 10K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 20K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 0805
RES 0.075 OHM 1/4W 1% 1206
RES 60.4 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
DIPSWITCH, 2 SPST SMT
SWITCH, SPST SMT
TEST POINT, LOOP, SMT
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
8.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
10.0 EA
843 5466 881
843 5466 883
SCH, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
PWB, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
384 0881 000
384 0882 000
484 0451 000
492 0861 000
492 0862 000
508 0557 000
550 0947 000
550 0958 000
604 1192 000
610 0679 000
610 0893 000
610 0900 000
Description
LED, YELLOW, RT ANGLE MTG ESD
LED, RED, RT ANGLE MTG ESD
SAW FILTER
IND FIXED 10UH 10%
622LY-101K
CAP TRIMMER 10 - 90 PF
TRIMPOT 1K OHM 1/2W 10%
TRIMPOT 10K OHM 1/2W 10%
SWITCH TGL SPDT
PLUG, SHORTING, .25" CTRS
CONN 25 PIN D STRATE POST
HEADER 3 CKT STRAIGHT
QTY UM
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
7.0 EA
610 0979 000
610 1319 000
610 1334 000
612 0904 000
612 1184 000
HDR 10C 2ROW VERTICAL
HDR, 15 PIN 1 ROW STRAIGHT
HDR, 3C 1ROW STRAIGHT
JACK, PC MT GOLD PLATED
SHUNT JUMPER 0.1" CENTERS
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
15.0 EA
7.0 EA
C001 C020 C022 C023 C024 C027 C029 C034
C037 C041 C042 C047
C006 C007 C017
C062
C014 C015 C016
R024 R025 R026 R027 R036 R038 R054 R064
R066 R072 R074 R101
R004 R005 R006 R013 R014 R017 R018 R055
R056 R057 R058 R060 R061 R063 R065 R067
R069 R071 R073 R075 R077 R079 R081 R082
R083 R084 R085 R086 R087 R088 R089 R090
R091 R092 R098 R109 R114 R115 R116 R117
R118 R119 R120 R121 R122 R123 R124 R125
R126 R127 R128 R129
R003 R010 R047 R048 R062 R097 R099 R106
R107 R108
R008 R016 R019 R093 R094 R095 R096 R102
R103 R104 R105
R011 R015 R020 R031 R111 R112
R022
R029 R076 R078
R023
R021 R028 R080 R100
R044 R045 R046 R051 R052 R053 R059 R068
R030 R032 R034 R039 R040 R049
R007
R113
S002
S001
TP007 TP013 TP014 TP015 TP016 TP017
TP022 TP027 TP064 TP068
Table 8-51. PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR - 992 9997 001
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
Reference Designators (H)
DS006 DS007 DS008
DS009 DS010
FL001
L4
L001 L002 L003
C191
R145 R146 R147 R205 R206 R207
R169 R172 R173 R228 R230 R232
S001 S004 S005 S006
JP001 JP002 JP003 JP011 JP012
J001
JP004 JP005 JP006 JP007 JP008 JP009
JP010
J004
J019
J006
3/JP001 3/JP002 3/JP003 3/JP011 3/JP012
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-25
612 1227 000
620 0700 000
843 5466 961
917 2462 023
917 2462 024
917 2462 025
917 2462 219
917 2462 220
917 2462 221
992 9997 002
RCPT, 9 PIN D PC MT
*RECPT, MALE SMB,PC MOUNT
SCH, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
XFMR 7-TURN
XFMR 6-TURN
XFMR 5-TURN
COIL 8-TURN, BIFILAR WOUND
COIL 10-TURN, BIFILAR WOUND
COIL 12-TURN, BIFILAR WOUND
*PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR,SMT
2.0 EA
8.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
381 0003 002
381 0008 000
XSTR, PNP MMBT3906
ESD
XSTR, MMBTH10 SOT-23 NPN ESD
1.0 EA
22.0 EA
381 0010 000
382 1608 000
383 0038 000
383 0063 000
383 0075 000
383 0076 000
383 0111 000
383 0168 000
383 0170 000
383 0174 000
383 0256 000
383 0259 000
385 0001 000
385 0013 000
385 0027 000
N-MOSFET BSS138
ESD
IC, ERA-5SM
ESD
IC, LM311
ESD
IC MAV-11SM SMT
ESD
IC, LT1009S8
ESD
IC, 74HC132
ESD
MIXER LRMS-1MH
ESD
IC SLQ-KH1
ESD
IC LRPS-2-1
ESD
IC, X9C103
ESD
IC, TL072 OP AMP SMT
ESD
IC, AD633 MULTIPLIER ESD
DIODE, RECT 4148 / 914 ESD
DIODE, PIN
ESD
DIODE, 2800 SCHOTTKY SMT ESD
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
1.0 EA
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
14.0 EA
387 0010 006
387 0010 017
389 0004 102
496 0007 000
496 0014 000
496 0015 000
496 0016 000
496 0021 000
496 0022 000
496 0062 000
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
DIODE, TVS 15V 1500W ESD
LED, GRN, 2.4MM ROUND ESD
IND, CHIP 0.033 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 0.120 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 0.150 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 0.180 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 0.470 UH 10%
IND, CHIP 0.560 UH 10%
IND CHIP 10 UH 10%
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
20.0 EA
496 0071 000
496 0099 000
515 0034 000
IND CHIP .220UH 5%
IND, POWER 1UH SMT
*CAP 10PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
JP004 JP005 JP006 JP007 JP008 JP009
JP010
J002 J003
J007 J008 J009 J010 J011 J012 J013 J015
T004
T005
T006
T003
T002
T001
Table 8-52. *PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR,SMT - 992 9997 002
8-26
Reference Designators (AA)
COMPONENTS NOT USED AT THIS TIME:
C78 R237 R238 R251 R252 R253
Q006
Q001 Q002 Q003 Q004 Q007 Q008 Q009
Q010 Q011 Q012 Q013 Q014 Q015 Q016
Q017 Q018 Q019 Q020 Q021 Q022 Q023
Q024
Q005
U005
U012
U001 U003 U004 U010 U014 U022
U013
U009
U002
HY001
U015
U008
U006 U007 U016 U017 U018 U019 U020 U021
U011
CR001 CR002 CR010
CR007 CR008 CR009 CR011
CR012 CR013 CR014 CR015 CR016 CR017
CR018 CR019 CR020 CR021 CR022 CR023
CR024 CR025
CR003 CR005
CR004 CR006
DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004 DS005
L038 L039 L040
L14 L16 L18
L42 L043 L044 L045
L007 L008
L017 L041
L019 L020 L21 L28 L29 L030
L005 L006 L009 L010 L011 L012 L013 L022
L023 L024 L025 L026 L027 L031 L032 L033
L034 L035 L036 L037
L46
L015
C175
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
515 0038 000
515 0040 000
515 0041 000
515 0042 000
*CAP 22PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 33PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 39PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 47PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
9.0 EA
515 0043 000
515 0044 000
515 0046 000
515 0047 000
515 0048 000
515 0084 000
*CAP 56PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 68PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 100PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 120PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP 150PF 50V 5% 1206 COG
*CAP .01UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
79.0 EA
515 0135 301
515 0135 305
CAP 1000PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
CAP 1500PF 100V 5% 1206 C0G
2.0 EA
12.0 EA
515 0137 501
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 1206 X7R
48.0 EA
515 0138 509
515 0138 517
515 0139 601
515 0147 000
523 0002 201
523 0003 101
545 0308 001
545 0308 601
545 0308 608
545 0308 999
545 0309 017
545 0309 101
CAP 0.22UF 100V 10% 1812 X7R
CAP 0.47UF 100V 10% 1812 X7R
CAP 1UF 50V 20% 1812 Z5U
CAP 15PF 200V 5% 1206 COG
CAP 100UF 25V 20% SMT
CAP 10UF 35V 20%
SMT
RES 1 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 1MEG OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 2MEG OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 0805
RES 4.75 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
4.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
22.0 EA
545 0309 105
545 0309 107
545 0309 108
545 0309 110
545 0309 112
545 0309 113
545 0309 116
545 0309 117
545 0309 118
545 0309 119
545 0309 120
545 0309 123
RES 15 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 18.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 20 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 23.7 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 30.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 33.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 43.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 47.5 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 51.1 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 56.2 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 61.9 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 82.5 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
3.0 EA
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
C173
C73 C75
C121 C122 C123
C032 C034 C072 C080 C081 C184 C185 C186
C187
C188 C189
C74 C77 C181 C182
C033 C190
C021 C022 C183
C020
C001 C002 C003 C004 C005 C010 C011 C012
C013 C014 C015 C016 C017 C023 C024 C025
C026 C027 C030 C061 C079 C083 C085 C089
C090 C092 C094 C096 C097 C098 C099 C100
C101 C102 C103 C104 C105 C106 C107 C110
C115 C116 C117 C124 C125 C126 C127 C128
C130 C131 C134 C139 C140 C141 C142 C143
C144 C145 C146 C147 C148 C149 C150 C160
C161 C162 C163 C164 C165 C166 C167 C168
C169 C170 C172 C176 C178 C179 C180
C068 C071
C018 C019 C028 C029 C031 C035 C036 C038
C055 C064 C171 C177
C037 C043 C045 C046 C047 C048 C049 C051
C052 C053 C054 C056 C057 C058 C059 C062
C063 C065 C066 C069 C070 C076 C082 C084
C087 C088 C091 C093 C095 C108 C109 C111
C112 C113 C114 C129 C132 C133 C135 C136
C137 C138 C152 C154 C156 C157 C158 C159
C060
C044
C039 C040 C041 C042 C050 C067
C174
C006 C007 C008 C009
C118 C119 C120 C151 C153 C155
R035 R041
R034 R036 R040 R042 R069 R086
R099
R239
R018 R022 R023 R255 R272
R009 R010 R011 R012 R065 R067 R151 R152
R155 R162 R163 R165 R214 R215 R216 R217
R218 R219 R245 R246 R247 R249
R293
R014
R139
R274
R37 R130
R181 R184 R190 R254 R276
R198
R256
R021 R109 R116 R185 R268
R115 R120 R135
R114 R119 R123
R180 R183 R189
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-27
545 0309 201
545 0309 209
545 0309 210
545 0309 211
545 0309 212
545 0309 213
545 0309 215
545 0309 216
545 0309 218
RES 100 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 221 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 237 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 267 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 301 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 332 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 392 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 432 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 511 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
4.0 EA
4.0 EA
3.0 EA
2.0 EA
6.0 EA
11.0 EA
545 0309 219
545 0309 220
RES 562 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 619 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
8.0 EA
28.0 EA
545 0309 221
545 0309 224
545 0309 301
RES 681 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 909 OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 1K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
27.0 EA
545 0309 306
545 0309 308
RES 1.62K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 2K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
8.0 EA
13.0 EA
545 0309 312
545 0309 315
545 0309 320
545 0309 322
545 0309 325
545 0309 401
RES 3.01K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 3.92K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 6.19K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 7.5K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 4.99K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 10K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
2.0 EA
4.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
24.0 EA
545 0309 408
545 0309 501
545 0309 512
545 0309 999
551 0017 301
551 0017 305
551 0017 405
551 0024 000
RES 20K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 100K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES 301K OHM 1% 1/4W 1206
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 1206
TRIMPOT 1K OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
TRIMPOT 5K OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
TRIMPOT 50K OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
TRIMPOT 100 OHM 1/4W 4MM SQ
7.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
6.0 EA
2.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
14.0 EA
579 0001 000
604 1163 000
843 5466 961
843 5466 963
RELAY, 12VDC DPDT
SWITCH, SPST SMT
SCH, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
PWB, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
384 0881 000
384 0882 000
604 1089 000
610 0877 000
610 0902 000
610 1279 000
Description
LED, YELLOW, RT ANGLE MTG ESD
LED, RED, RT ANGLE MTG ESD
SW, TGL SPDT PC MOUNT
HDR, STR, 2 PIN, SQ
HDR 10 PIN STRAIGHT
HEADER, VERT, 40 POS
R033 R043 R186 R226 R270 R281
R026 R277
R128 R142 R144 R177 R191 R200
R031 R095 R097 R248
R013 R015 R029 R259
R025 R064 R257
R129 R199
R131 R133 R136 R194 R203 R204
R138 R140 R141 R182 R192 R201 R282 R283
R284 R285 R286
R059 R077 R132 R134 R137 R193 R195 R202
R005 R006 R007 R008 R047 R048 R049 R050
R051 R052 R053 R054 R055 R056 R057 R058
R089 R090 R091 R092 R110 R111 R112 R113
R240 R241 R242 R243
R071
R102
R001 R003 R017 R019 R020 R061 R062 R063
R075 R076 R080 R081 R084 R085 R088 R093
R101 R103 R105 R168 R170 R171 R234
R235 R236
R060 R070 R118 R121 R124 R176 R178 R197
R074 R143 R148 R149 R150 R154 R161 R208
R209 R210 R211 R212 R213
R002 R004
R126 R127 R187 R188
R072
R117 R122 R125 R175 R179 R196
R174 R233
R016 R024 R066 R068 R078 R082 R087 R096
R107 R108 R153 R156 R157 R158 R159 R160
R220 R221 R222 R223 R224 R225 R244 R250
R079 R164 R166 R167 R227 R229 R231
R073
R098
R287 R288 R289 R290 R291 R292
R083 R094
R100 R106
R104
R27 R28 R30 R32 R44 R45 R46 R258 R260
R261 R269 R271 R273 R275
K001 K002 K003 K004
S002 S003
Table 8-53. PWA, NYQUIST FILTER - 992 9998 001
8-28
QTY UM
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
2.0 EA
Reference Designators (C)
DS006
DS007 DS008
S001
J006
J007
J003 J005
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
610 1287 000
843 5466 981
917 2462 265
992 9998 002
HEADER, VERT, 20 POS
SCH, NYQUIST FILTER,
FIRMWARE, NYQUIST FILTER U001
*PWA, NYQUIST FILTER, SMT
1.0 EA
0.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Harris PN
000 0000 010
Description
B/M NOTE:
QTY UM
0.0 EA
381 0029 000
383 0286 000
383 0367 000
387 0010 006
389 0010 001
393 0058 000
404 0886 000
515 0136 501
FET, 2N7002 SMT
ESD
IC, LM3940 3.3V REG, SMT ESD
IC, ADM706TAR
ESD
DIODE, TVS 5.0V 1500W ESD
LED, RED, 1.4MM RECT ESD
IC, XC4036XL
PROG/ESD
SOCKET, PLCC-20, SMT
CAP 0.1UF 50V 10% 0805 X7R
2.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
5.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
10.0 EA
526 0383 000
526 0394 000
545 0308 117
545 0308 201
CAP 10UF 10V 10% 6032
CAP 100UF 16V 20% 7343
RES 47.5 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 100 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
4.0 EA
2.0 EA
3.0 EA
9.0 EA
545 0308 217
545 0308 301
545 0308 308
545 0308 317
RES 475 OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 1K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 2K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES 4.75K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
8.0 EA
3.0 EA
1.0 EA
10.0 EA
545 0308 318
545 0308 999
610 1330 000
RES 5.11K OHM 1% 0.1W 0805
RES ZERO OHM JUMPER 0805
TEST POINT, LOOP, SMT
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
8.0 EA
843 5466 983
PWB, NYQUIST FILTER,
1.0 EA
Harris PN
736 0324 000
992 9511 300
992 9556 002
992 9556 003
992 9723 001
992 9787 001
992 9809 010
992 9810 001
992 9933 003
992 9939 010
992 9940 041
992 9941 001
992 9947 001
992 9997 001
992 9998 001
Description
VOLTAGE REG MODULE, 1.8-3.5VDC
PWA, IF PLL
PWA, D/A CONVERTER
PWA, A/D CONVERTER
PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE
PWA, DOWNCONVERTER,EXCITER,DTV
PWA, CORRECTOR
PWA, DSP CONTROLLER
PWA, SMPTE 310 INTERFACE
PWA, P/S & CTLR INTERFACE
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 2-6
PWA, 1W AMP
PWA, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
PWA, NYQUIST FILTER
J001
U001
Table 8-54. *PWA, NYQUIST FILTER, SMT - 992 9998 002
Reference Designators (F)
NOT NORMALLY INSTALLED: C010 J004
R025 R026 R031 R034 R037
Q001 Q002
U004
U002
CR001
DS001 DS002 DS003 DS004 DS005
U003
XU001
C001 C004 C005 C006 C007 C008 C009 C011
C012 C016
C002 C003 C013 C014
C015 C017
R005 R014 R022
R004 R006 R013 R018 R019 R023 R024 R027
R030
R001 R008 R011 R020 R021 R039 R040 R041
R028 R029 R032
R017
R002 R003 R007 R009 R015 R016 R033 R035
R036 R038
R012
R010
TP001 TP002 TP004 TP013 TP016 TP017
TP019 TP020
Table 8-55. KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 2-6 - 992 9943 011
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (D)
A023
A008
A005
A007
A009
A018
A006
A001
A020
A010
A017
A002
A011
A003
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-29
Table 8-56. KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 7-13 - 992 9943 012
Harris PN
736 0324 000
992 9511 300
992 9556 002
992 9556 003
992 9723 001
992 9787 001
992 9809 010
992 9810 001
992 9933 003
992 9939 010
992 9940 051
992 9941 001
992 9947 001
992 9997 001
992 9998 001
Description
VOLTAGE REG MODULE, 1.8-3.5VDC
PWA, IF PLL
PWA, D/A CONVERTER
PWA, A/D CONVERTER
PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE
PWA, DOWNCONVERTER,EXCITER,DTV
PWA, CORRECTOR
PWA, DSP CONTROLLER
PWA, SMPTE 310 INTERFACE
PWA, P/S & CTLR INTERFACE
PWA, MAIN LO PLL VHF CH 7-13
PWA, 1W AMP
PWA, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
PWA, NYQUIST FILTER
Harris PN
736 0324 000
992 9511 300
992 9556 002
992 9556 003
992 9723 001
992 9787 001
992 9809 010
992 9810 001
992 9933 003
992 9939 010
992 9940 061
992 9941 001
992 9947 001
992 9997 001
992 9998 001
Description
VOLTAGE REG MODULE, 1.8-3.5VDC
PWA, IF PLL
PWA, D/A CONVERTER
PWA, A/D CONVERTER
PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE
PWA, DOWNCONVERTER,EXCITER,DTV
PWA, CORRECTOR
PWA, DSP CONTROLLER
PWA, SMPTE 310 INTERFACE
PWA, P/S & CTLR INTERFACE
PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 14-42
PWA, 1W AMP
PWA, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
PWA, NYQUIST FILTER
Harris PN
736 0324 000
992 9511 300
992 9556 002
992 9556 003
992 9723 001
992 9787 001
992 9809 010
992 9810 001
992 9933 003
992 9939 010
992 9940 071
992 9941 001
992 9947 001
992 9997 001
Description
VOLTAGE REG MODULE, 1.8-3.5VDC
PWA, IF PLL
PWA, D/A CONVERTER
PWA, A/D CONVERTER
PWA, 10MHZ REFERENCE
PWA, DOWNCONVERTER,EXCITER,DTV
PWA, CORRECTOR
PWA, DSP CONTROLLER
PWA, SMPTE 310 INTERFACE
PWA, P/S & CTLR INTERFACE
PWA, MAIN LO PLL UHF CH 43-69
PWA, 1W AMP
PWA, TRANSPORT TO TRANSMISSION
PWA, CD1-A IF & CORRECTOR
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (D)
A023
A008
A005
A007
A009
A018
A006
A001
A020
A010
A017
A002
A011
A003
Table 8-57. KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 14-42 - 992 9943 013
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (G)
A023
A008
A005
A007
A009
A018
A006
A001
A020
A010
A017
A002
A011
A003
Table 8-58. KIT, SPARE BOARDS, CH 43-69 - 992 9943 014
8-30
QTY UM
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
1.0 EA
Reference Designators (G)
A023
A008
A005
A007
A009
A018
A006
A001
A020
A010
A017
A002
A011
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
992 9998 001
Rev. D5: 05/28/02
PWA, NYQUIST FILTER
1.0 EA
A003
888-2440-001
WARNING: Disconnect primary power prior to servicing.
8-31
This page left blank intentionally

Similar documents

important - Motor Dream

important - Motor Dream CTR004 ..............Replacement Blades, For Hand Nibbler ....................................................................................................................................4.30 CT...

More information